t
R
o
p
e
R
l
A
u
n
n
A
3
1
0
2
r
e
h
a
n
a
D
AnnuAl RepoRt
441583 Cov cs6.indd 20
3/19/14 11:15 AM
3/19/14 11:15 AM
441583 Cov cs6.indd 20
AnnuAl RepoRt
D
a
n
a
h
e
r
2
0
1
3
A
n
n
u
A
l
R
e
p
o
R
t
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Danaher Overview
Letter to the Shareholders
2013 Form 10-K
Supplemental Financial Information
Directors and Executive Officers
Shareholder Information
1-6
7-11
12-116
117-118
119
120
DANAHER FINANCIAL
OPERATING HIGHLIGHTS
(dollars in millions, except per share data and number of associates)
Sales*
Operating Profit*
Net Earnings*
Net Earnings Per Share (diluted)*
Operating Cash Flow*
Capital Expenditures*
2013
2012
$ 19,118
$ 18,260
$ 3,275
$ 3,165
$ 2,695
$ 2,299
$
3.80
$
3.23
$ 3,585
$ 3,502
$
552
$
458
Free Cash Flow (Operating Cash Flow less Capital Expenditures)*
$ 3,033
$ 3,044
Number of Associates
Total Assets
Total Debt (Long-Term Debt ($3,437) plus Notes Payable
and Current Portion of Long-Term Debt ($62))
Stockholders’ Equity
66,000
63,000
$ 34,672
$ 32,941
$ 3,499
$ 5,343
$ 22,451
$ 19,084
Total Capitalization (Total Debt plus Stockholders’ Equity)
$ 25,950
$ 24,427
*from continuing operations
1
Kavo Kerr Group
proudly serves
99% of u.s.
Dental
practices
Dental
We enable dental professionals to provide the highest level
of patient care and optimize their work environments. Our
Dental platform develops products that are used to diagnose,
treat and prevent disease and ailments of the teeth, gums
and supporting bone, as well as improve the aesthetics of
the human smile. We are a leading, worldwide provider
of a broad range of dental consumables, equipment and
services, and are dedicated to driving technological
innovations that help dental professionals improve clinical
outcomes and enhance productivity.
441583.TEXT.cs6.indd 2
3/19/14 1:26 PM
fluKe NetworKs eNables iNNovators at TesT & MeasureMenT
Our customers count on us to help them design cutting-edge innovations,
keep their businesses up and running and safeguard their network operations.
Our Instruments platform offers test, measurement and monitoring products
that are used in electronic design, manufacturing and advanced technology
development, as well as for installation, service and maintenance of electrical,
industrial, electronic and calibration applications. Our Communications
platform offers monitoring, management and optimization tools, as well as
intelligence and security solutions for communications and enterprise networks.
Fluke Networks eNables iNNovators at
oF ForTune’s
Top 100
98
CoMpanies
441583.TEXT.cs6.indd 3
3/19/14 1:26 PM
9 10out
of
retail
packages
are touched
by esko
industrial
technologies
Our solutions help protect the world’s
food supply, improve packaging design
and quality, verify pharmaceutical
dosages and authenticity, and power
innovative machines. Our Product
Identification platform develops and
manufactures equipment, consumables
and software for various printing,
marking, coding, design and color
management applications on consumer
and industrial products. Our Motion
platform provides mechanical and
electromechanical motion control
solutions for the automation market.
441583.TEXT.cs6.indd 4
3/20/14 3:28 PM
Life ScienceS &
Life ScienceS &
DiagnoSticS
DiagnoSticS
We are at the leading edge of scientific research and
We are at the leading edge of scientific research and
advancing patient health with the highest diagnostic
advancing patient health with the highest diagnostic
confidence. Our Life Sciences platform offers a broad
confidence. Our Life Sciences platform offers a broad
range of research tools that scientists use to study
range of research tools that scientists use to study
cells and cell components in order to understand the
cells and cell components in order to understand the
causes of disease, identify new therapies and test new
causes of disease, identify new therapies and test new
drugs and vaccines. Our Diagnostics platform offers
drugs and vaccines. Our Diagnostics platform offers
analytical instruments, reagents, consumables, software
analytical instruments, reagents, consumables, software
and services that hospitals, physicians’ offices, reference
and services that hospitals, physicians’ offices, reference
laboratories and other critical care settings use to
laboratories and other critical care settings use to
diagnose disease and make treatment decisions.
diagnose disease and make treatment decisions.
Leica Biosystems is trusted By
Leica Biosystems is trusted By
100 % of the
100 % of the
top 50
top 50
RankeD u.s. cancer centers
RankeD u.s. cancer centers
(As rAnked by U.s. news & world report)
(As rAnked by U.s. news & world report)
441583.TEXT.cs6.indd 5
3/19/14 1:27 PM
of the
23
top 25
Global oil
companiEs
use Gilbarco
Veeder-root
technoloGy
EnvironmEntal
Our products help protect the global water
supply, ensure environmental stewardship,
enhance the safety of personal data and
improve business efficiencies. Our Water
Quality platform provides instrumentation
and disinfection systems to help analyze, treat
and manage the quality of ultra-pure, potable,
waste, ground and ocean water in residential,
commercial, industrial and natural resource
applications. Our Gilbarco Veeder-Root platform
is a leading, worldwide provider of solutions
and services focused on fuel dispensing, remote
fuel management, point-of-sale and payment
systems, environmental compliance, vehicle
tracking and fleet management.
441583.TEXT.cs6.indd 6
3/19/14 1:27 PM
Dear
shareholDers,
2013 was a good year at Danaher. Our team
continued to leverage the Danaher Business
System (DBS) to drive relative top-line
outperformance, solid core operating margin
expansion and excellent cash flow throughout
the year.
H. Lawrence cuLp, Jr.
President & Chief Executive Officer
Revenue increased 4.5% to $19.1 billion with core revenue growth of 2.5%.
Approximately 40% of our revenue was generated from consumables, software and services,
evidence of our important place in our customers’ workflows.
Our gross margin exceeded 52%.
Our core operating margin expanded approximately 80 basis points and our reported operating
margin was 17.1%.
We generated $3 billion of free cash flow, marking the 22nd consecutive year in which free cash
flow exceeded net income.
We deployed approximately $1 billion on 14 strategic bolt-on acquisitions to strengthen our
existing competitive positions and enhance our future growth prospects.
Danaher will generate nearly $20 billion of revenue this year. That size, coupled with our global footprint and
our exposure to some of the most attractive scientific and technical end-markets in the world, including
health care, environmental and communications, set the stage for continued success in 2014. But, we
recognize that there are no guarantees in corporate life. Our teams are hard at work on the following five,
Danaher-wide strategic priorities to ensure that we fully seize the potential of our markets for years to come:
GaininG Market Share via DBS:
GoinG DiGital:
We are taking full advantage
of fundamental changes in
computing and communications
to improve how we market
and sell today’s products,
as we explore new product
architectures and business
models for tomorrow.
We continue to develop and
deploy our growth, lean and
leadership DBS tools to grow
faster than our served markets.
WinninG in hiGh-
GroWth MarketS:
We are broadening and
deepening our already
significant geographic exposure
outside of North America,
Western Europe and Japan with
products and services tailored
to unique local requirements.
harneSSinG GloBal Scale –
the Danaher Way:
We’re finding new ways
to leverage our scale – at
the regional, platform and
Danaher-wide levels – to tap
into our collective strengths,
while staying ever mindful
that our primary focus is on
our operating companies.
StrateGically allocatinG capital:
We continue to be smart and
disciplined capital allocators
with long-term value creation
top of mind.
7
441583.TEXT.cs6.indd 7
3/19/14 1:27 PM
GaininG market Share via DBS
We anticipate relatively modest market growth rates this year based on slightly more optimistic
economic projections. In order to outperform our competition in this environment, we are
focused on improving our innovation and commercial capabilities. DBS provides us with the
tools and resources we need to serve our customers better in order to gain market share.
During the past three
years, Danaher increaseD
r&D SpenDinG
than 25%
By
Greater
Our teams are leveraging
DBS research and
development (R&D) tools
to meet our customers’
demands and drive new
product innovation. For
example, in 2013 the
impact of our new product
introductions drove mid-
single digit or better core
revenue growth at Leica
Microsystems, AB SCIEX
and X-Rite.
Our teams are also using DBS sales and marketing tools to successfully commercialize their
products and technologies. Videojet, ChemTreat and Kerr are innovating the ways they market
and sell to better reach more customers and respond to their needs promptly. As a result of their
efforts in web-based lead generation and superb sales force management, we believe each of these
businesses gained market share in 2013.
We’ve also successfully driven market share
gains by increasing our service offerings to
our customers. In the past three years, Hach
has added more than 200 people to its service
organization to fill the void created as a result
of the aging demographic of service and
technical support staff among its water quality
customers. Hach identified this market dynamic
as an opportunity to help its customers with
treatment plant operations and embedded
additional service associates deeply into
customers’ workflows.
hach Drove 15%
compounDeD average
revenue Growth
in its service Business
from 2010 to 2013
In addition to a slew of recently introduced new products, our product pipeline is full and strong.
Whether it is our ballast water treatment project at Trojan Technologies or our molecular
diagnostics effort at Beckman Coulter, we spent nearly $1.25 billion to further develop new
technologies in 2013 that will serve to support our growth objectives in 2014 and beyond.
8
441583.TEXT.cs6.indd 8
3/19/14 1:27 PM
Winning in HigH-groWtH Markets
I’m still amazed to think that our 2013 high-growth market exposure accounted for more than a
quarter of our total revenue, or approximately $5 billion. That is larger than Danaher itself was
when I became CEO in 2001.
Our global journey started in earnest
in China more than 15 years ago and it’s
our largest high-growth market today.
But, China is no longer our only high-
growth market story. Two-thirds of our
annual high-growth market sales now
come from other regions. We’ve built an
$800 million business in Latin America,
as well as in Eastern Europe, Russia and
Turkey. We have a $500 million growth
business in the Middle East and Africa
and nearly $250 million of revenue today
in India. In short, we’ve taken the lessons
we’ve learned in China and applied them,
where appropriate, to capitalize on global
growth prospects.
Danaher generateD
Billion
in
$1.7
annual sales
from China in 2013
Our success in the high-growth markets has been, and will continue to be, driven by our ability
to broaden and deepen our local market exposure. Long gone are the days of operating from a
Western headquarters and distributing global products around the world. Today, winning in
these regions requires us to think and act locally with truly localized business models. We must
be on the ground interacting with customers with local sales, marketing, and after-market support.
We must also expand our local functional teams and train them in our culture of integrity and
compliance. And, we must seek out good local channel partners to help us further expand our
presence. For example, in China, KaVo Kerr Group has found a great, web-based educational
partner to broaden its reach and build relationships within the rapidly growing dental community.
going Digital
Technological innovation is changing the way we do business. From how we market and sell our
products to the nature of our channel relationships, product architectures and business models, the
clock speed of digitally-driven change is rapid. Some perceive these changes as threats. Perhaps so.
But, on balance, we think of them as opportunities.
Our analytical instrumentation and sensors produce large amounts of data for our
customers today. Our vision for tomorrow is to move beyond being a “data-company”
to be more of an “information-company.” Many of our businesses are already on their
way to realizing that vision.
441583.TEXT.cs6.indd 9
3/19/14 1:27 PM
9
Nearly
1/3
of DaNaher’s
engineers
are focused
exclusively
oN software
development
Gilbarco Veeder-Root’s Insite360 Fuel is a cloud-based
platform that allows retailers to remotely configure and
monitor all of their environmental, inventory and retail
automation systems from any PC or mobile device.
We’re helping our customers identify theft, detect
environmental issues and prevent fuel run-outs in real
time, thus improving the economics and risk profiles
of their businesses.
Esko’s Suite 12 is a software solution for the consumer
packaged goods industry. It significantly improves our
customers’ workflows by generating interactive, 3D
graphics of packages, by speeding up package-design
and production, and by enabling web-based teamwork.
Leica Biosystems’ eSlide Manager provides remote,
real-time viewing and sharing of pathology images to
help pathologists optimize their workflows. Customers
benefit from centralized management of information,
collaboration with colleagues, elimination of redundant
processes and reduced organization-wide inconsistencies.
By developing solutions that provide our customers access to more information to help them
do their jobs better, we can be sure that today’s and tomorrow’s technological shifts will be a net
opportunity for us.
Harnessing our global scale
DaNaher’s procuremeNt
team Drove significant
savings iN 2013,
At Danaher, we’ve always favored a
decentralized operating structure –
one which places as much focus on
and autonomy with our operating
companies as possible. We know that
the closer we are to our customers,
or to gemba – the real place where
work gets done – the better off we
are. Our DBS mindset suggests
corporate overhead ought to be lean.
But, as a corporation approaching
nearly $20 billion in annual revenue,
there are instances in which coming
together, as Danaher, is advantageous.
Take, for example, our procurement
group led by a small corporate team
and supported by talented leaders
within our operating companies.
Here Danaher’s size plays to our
advantage. Our purchasing power as a multi-billion dollar organization is far greater than that of
any individual operating company. Leveraging our size, we are able to drive greater savings for all
of our operating companies, much of which we in turn reinvest in our growth initiatives.
helpiNg to geNerate 80
basis poiNts of year-over-
year core operating
margin expansion
10
441583.TEXT.cs6.indd 10
3/19/14 1:27 PM
It’s not just in procurement that size works to our advantage. With $5 billion in the high-growth
markets and several multi-billion dollar platforms, we have critical mass throughout our
organization. In our strategic growth platforms and many of the high-growth markets, we’ve
appointed leaders to ensure we are accelerating growth by fully capturing all the synergies
available to us. We’ve created the Danaher Development Center (DDC) in China, where our
team comes together under one roof to provide R&D capabilities for a number of our operating
companies. Here, our goal is to eliminate redundant infrastructure costs that do not add value
to customers, so that resources can be better spent on value-added sales, marketing and service
initiatives. As we grow, you’ll see us continue to do more of this, but, as always, with the bias of
doing what’s best for our operating companies and our customers.
Strategically allocating capital
Superior free cash flow generation has been a hallmark of Danaher for more than 20 years. For
nearly as long, you have trusted us to reinvest that cash back into our businesses both organically
and inorganically to fortify our competitive positions and drive strong sales and earnings growth.
We will never take that privilege for granted. During the past decade, we have thoughtfully
evolved our portfolio to become a global science and technology company, bringing in strong
businesses like Beckman Coulter, X-Rite, Esko and AB SCIEX, while selling a select, few companies
that had better strategic homes elsewhere.
As the equity markets pushed upward in 2013, acquisition opportunities became a little harder
to find. That’s not to say that we sat idle. In 2013, we spent approximately $1 billion on 14 new
We have
greater than
Billion
of
$8
acquisition
capacity
companies. We brought in some exciting new
businesses, such as Teletrac, which further builds
out Gilbarco Veeder-Root’s presence in the
attractive vehicle tracking and fleet management
market, and Hemocue, which provides us with
an entry point into the physician’s office lab
market through point-of-care hemoglobin and
glucose diagnostics for Radiometer. Given the
breadth and depth of our strategic platforms,
we remain confident in our ability to deploy our
available cash flow. Our approach will always be
strategic and financially disciplined with an eye
toward building strong, long-term franchises
with real competitive advantage. This is how we
intend to continue to create shareholder value for
you for many more decades.
Final thoughtS
We built the Danaher of today around attractive end-markets that offer the best opportunities for
DBS to enhance our relative performance. The quality of our team and the power of DBS position
us well to continue capturing the potential brought
about by the remarkable advances in technology and
increased globalization. We look forward to earning
your continued support through our performance for
years to come.
Sincerely,
March 31, 2014
11
441583.TEXT.cs6.indd 11
3/19/14 1:28 PM
2013
Danaher Form
10-k
12
441583.TEXT.cs6.indd 12
3/19/14 1:28 PM
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
____________________________________
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013
OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number: 1-8089
____________________________________
DANAHER CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
2200 Pennsylvania Ave. N.W., Suite 800W
Washington, D.C.
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
59-1995548
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
20037-1701
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 202-828-0850
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
Common Stock $.01 par value
Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
(Title of Class)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes
No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes
No
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to
file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes
No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12
months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes
No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and
will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K
.
441583.10K.pdf 1
3/17/14 9:15 AM
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a
smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company”
in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer
Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act)
Yes
No
As of February 10, 2014, the number of shares of Registrant’s common stock outstanding was 698,482,191. The aggregate
market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant on June 28, 2013 was $38.1 billion, based upon the
closing price of the Registrant’s common stock as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange composite tape on such date.
EXHIBIT INDEX APPEARS ON PAGE 104
____________________________________
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Part III incorporates certain information by reference from the Registrant’s proxy statement for its 2014 annual meeting
of stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after Registrant’s fiscal year end. With the exception of
the sections of the 2014 Proxy Statement specifically incorporated herein by reference, the 2014 Proxy Statement is not deemed
to be filed as part of this Form 10-K.
441583.10K.pdf 2
3/17/14 9:15 AM
INFORMATION RELATING TO FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain statements included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report, in other documents we file with or furnish to
the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), in our press releases, webcasts, conference calls, materials delivered to
shareholders and other communications, are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the United States federal
securities laws. All statements other than historical factual information are forward-looking statements, including without
limitation statements regarding: projections of revenue, expenses, profit, profit margins, tax rates, tax provisions, cash flows,
pension and benefit obligations and funding requirements, our liquidity position or other projected financial measures;
management’s plans and strategies for future operations, including statements relating to anticipated operating performance,
cost reductions, restructuring activities, new product and service developments, competitive strengths or market position,
acquisitions, divestitures, strategic opportunities, securities offerings, stock repurchases, dividends and executive
compensation; growth, declines and other trends in markets we sell into; new or modified laws, regulations and accounting
pronouncements; outstanding claims, legal proceedings, tax audits and assessments and other contingent liabilities; foreign
currency exchange rates and fluctuations in those rates; general economic and capital markets conditions; the timing of any of
the foregoing assumptions underlying any of the foregoing; and any other statements that address events or developments that
Danaher intends or believes will or may occur in the future. Terminology such as “believe,” “anticipate,” “should,” “could,”
“intend,” “plan,” “expect,” “estimate,” “project,” “target,” “may,” “possible,” “potential,” “forecast” and “positioned” and
similar references to future periods are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking
statements are accompanied by such words. Forward-looking statements are based on assumptions and assessments made by
our management in light of their experience and perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future
developments and other factors they believe to be appropriate. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of
risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to the risks and uncertainties set forth under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this
Annual Report.
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and actual results may differ materially from the results,
developments and business decisions contemplated by our forward-looking statements. Accordingly, you should not place
undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of the report,
document, press release, webcast, call, materials or other communication in which they are made. We do not assume any
obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events and
developments or otherwise.
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
General
Danaher Corporation designs, manufactures and markets professional, medical, industrial and commercial products and
services, which are typically characterized by strong brand names, innovative technology and major market positions. Our
research and development, manufacturing, sales, distribution, service and administrative facilities are located in more than 50
countries. Our business consists of five segments: Test & Measurement; Environmental; Life Sciences & Diagnostics; Dental
and Industrial Technologies. We strive to create shareholder value through:
•
•
•
delivering sales growth, excluding the impact of acquired businesses, in excess of the overall market growth for the
types of products and services we provide;
upper quartile financial performance compared to our peer companies; and
upper quartile cash flow generation from operations compared to our peer companies.
To accomplish these goals, we use a set of growth, lean and leadership tools and processes, known as the DANAHER
BUSINESS SYSTEM (“DBS”), which are designed to continuously improve business performance in the critical areas of
quality, delivery, cost and innovation. Within the DBS framework, we pursue a number of ongoing strategic initiatives relating
to idea generation, product development and commercialization, global sourcing of materials and services, manufacturing
improvement and sales and marketing.
To further these objectives we also acquire businesses that either strategically fit within our existing business portfolio or
expand our portfolio into a new and attractive business area. Given the rapid pace of technological development and the
specialized expertise typical of our served markets, acquisitions also provide us important access to new technologies and
domain expertise. We believe there are many acquisition opportunities available within our targeted markets. The extent to
which we consummate and effectively integrate appropriate acquisitions will affect our overall growth and operating results.
3
441583.10K.pdf 3
3/17/14 9:15 AM
We also continually assess the strategic fit of our existing businesses and may divest businesses that are deemed not to fit with
our strategic plan or are not achieving the desired return on investment.
Danaher Corporation, originally DMG, Inc., was organized in 1969 as a Massachusetts real estate investment trust. In 1978 it
was reorganized as a Florida corporation under the name Diversified Mortgage Investors, Inc. which in a second reorganization
in 1980 became a subsidiary of a newly created holding company named DMG, Inc. DMG, Inc. adopted the name Danaher in
1984 and was reincorporated as a Delaware corporation in 1986. In this Annual Report, the terms “Danaher” or the
“Company” refer to either Danaher Corporation or to Danaher Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries, as the context
requires.
2013 sales by geographic destination (geographic destination refers to the geographic area where the final sale to the
Company’s customer is made) were: North America, 45% (including 42% in the United States); Europe, 27%; Asia/Australia,
20% and all other regions, 8%. For additional information regarding sales by geography, please refer to Note 20 in the
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report.
Reportable Segments
The table below describes the percentage of our total annual revenues attributable to each of our five segments over each of the
last three years ended December 31, 2013. For additional information regarding sales, operating profit and identifiable assets
by segment, please refer to Note 20 in the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report.
Test & Measurement
Environmental
Life Sciences & Diagnostics
Dental
Industrial Technologies
TEST & MEASUREMENT
2013
2012
2011
18%
17%
36%
11%
18%
19%
17%
35%
11%
18%
21%
18%
29%
13%
19%
Our Test & Measurement segment is a leading global provider of electronic measurement instruments, professional test tools,
thermal imaging and calibration equipment used in electrical, industrial, electronic and calibration applications. We offer test,
measurement and monitoring products that are used in electronic design, manufacturing and advanced technology
development; network monitoring, management and optimization tools; and security solutions for communications and
enterprise networks. Customers for these products and services include manufacturers of electronic instruments; service,
installation and maintenance professionals; manufacturers who design, develop, manufacture and deploy network equipment;
and service providers who implement, maintain and manage communications networks and services. 2013 sales for this
segment by geographic destination were: North America, 56%; Europe, 18%; Asia/Australia, 20% and all other regions, 6%.
We established our Test & Measurement business in 1998 through the acquisition of Fluke Corporation, and have expanded the
business through numerous subsequent acquisitions, including the acquisition of Tektronix in 2007 and Keithley Instruments in
2010. Our Test & Measurement segment consists of the following lines of business.
Instruments
• Professional test tools. Our instruments business designs, manufactures, and markets a variety of compact
professional test tools, thermal imaging and calibration equipment for electrical, industrial, electronic and calibration
applications. These test products measure voltage, current, resistance, power quality, frequency, pressure, temperature
and air quality. Typical users of these products include electrical engineers, electricians, electronic technicians,
medical technicians, and industrial maintenance professionals.
• General purpose test instruments. Our instruments business also offers general purpose test products and video test,
measurement and monitoring products used in electronic design, manufacturing and advanced technology
development.
The business’ general purpose test products, including oscilloscopes, logic analyzers, signal sources and
spectrum analyzers, are used to capture, display and analyze streams of electrical data. We sell these products
into a variety of industries with significant electronic content, including the communications, computer,
consumer electronics, education, military/aerospace and semiconductor industries. Typical users of these
products include research and development engineers who use our general purpose test products to design,
4
441583.10K.pdf 4
3/17/14 9:15 AM
de-bug, monitor and validate the function and performance of electronic components, subassemblies and end-
products.
Our video test products include waveform monitors, video signal generators, compressed digital video test
products and other test and measurement equipment used to enhance a viewer’s video experience. Typical
users of these products include video equipment manufacturers, content developers and traditional television
broadcasters.
Products in this business are marketed under the AMPROBE, FLUKE, FLUKE BIOMEDICAL, KEITHLEY, MAXTEK and
TEKTRONIX brands. Competition in the instruments business is based on a number of factors, including the performance,
ruggedness, ease of use, ergonomics and aesthetics of the product, as well as the other factors described under “—
Competition.” Sales in the instruments business are generally made through independent distributors and direct sales
personnel.
Communications
Our communications business offers network performance management solutions, handheld and fixed diagnostic equipment
and security solutions, as well as related installation, maintenance and professional services, for a wide range of enterprise
network applications as well as fixed and mobile communications networks. Our network management tools help network
operators continuously manage network performance and optimize the utilization, uptime and service quality of the network.
Communications service providers use our products to ensure the reliability of their network equipment, expand their service
offerings and operate their networks more efficiently. Typical users of the business’ products include engineers, installers,
operators, and technicians of advanced communications networks.
Products in this business are marketed under the AIRMAGNET, ARBOR NETWORKS, FLUKE NETWORKS, TEKTRONIX
COMMUNICATIONS and VSS MONITORING brands. Competition in the communications business is based on a number of
factors, including product performance, technology and product availability as well as the other factors described under “—
Competition.” Sales in the communications business are generally made through direct sales personnel as well as independent
distributors and resellers.
Other Businesses
Matco Tools manufactures and distributes professional tools, toolboxes and automotive maintenance equipment through
independent mobile distributors, who sell primarily to professional mechanics under the MATCO brand. Professional
mechanics typically select tools based on relevant innovative features and the other factors described under “—Competition.”
Hennessy Industries is a leading North American full-line wheel service equipment manufacturer, providing brake lathes,
vehicle lifts, tire changers, wheel balancers, and wheel weights under the AMMCO, BADA and COATS brands. Typical users
of these products are automotive tire and repair shops. Sales are generally made through our direct sales personnel,
independent distributors, retailers and original equipment manufacturers. Competition in the wheel service equipment business
is based on the factors described under “—Competition.”
Test & Measurement segment manufacturing facilities are located in North America, Europe, and Asia.
ENVIRONMENTAL
Our Environmental segment provides products that help protect the water supply and air quality by serving two primary
markets: water quality and retail/commercial petroleum. 2013 sales for this segment by geographic destination were: North
America, 48%; Europe, 26%; Asia/Australia, 16% and all other regions, 10%. Our Environmental segment consists of the
following lines of business.
Water Quality
Danaher’s water quality business is a global leader in water quality analysis and treatment, providing instrumentation and
disinfection systems to help analyze and manage the quality of ultra pure water, potable water, wastewater, groundwater and
ocean water in residential, commercial, industrial and natural resource applications. We entered the water quality sector in the
late 1990’s through the acquisitions of Dr. Lange and Hach Company, and have enhanced our geographic coverage and product
and service breadth through subsequent acquisitions, including the acquisition of Trojan Technologies Inc. in 2004 and
ChemTreat, Inc. in 2007. Our water quality business designs, manufactures and markets:
•
a wide range of analytical instruments, software and related consumables and services that detect and measure
chemical, physical, and microbiological parameters in ultra pure water, potable water, wastewater, groundwater and
ocean water;
5
441583.10K.pdf 5
3/17/14 9:15 AM
•
•
ultraviolet disinfection systems, which disinfect billions of gallons of municipal, industrial and consumer water every
day in more than 35 countries; and
industrial water treatment solutions, including chemical treatment solutions intended to address corrosion, scaling and
biological growth problems in boiler, cooling water and industrial wastewater applications as well as associated
analytical services.
Typical users of our analytical instruments, software, ultraviolet disinfection systems, industrial water treatment solutions and
related consumables and services include professionals in municipal drinking water and wastewater treatment plants and
industrial process water and wastewater treatment facilities, third party testing laboratories and environmental field operations.
Customers in these industries choose suppliers based on a number of factors including the customer’s existing supplier
relationships, product performance and ease of use, the comprehensiveness of the supplier’s product offering and the other
factors described under “—Competition.” Our water quality business provides products under a variety of brands, including
CHEMTREAT, HACH, HACH/LANGE and TROJAN TECHNOLOGIES. Manufacturing facilities are located in North
America, Europe, and Asia. Sales are made through our direct sales personnel, independent representatives and independent
distributors.
Retail/Commercial Petroleum
Danaher’s retail/commercial petroleum business is a leading worldwide provider of solutions and services focused on fuel
dispensing, remote fuel management, point-of-sale systems, payment systems, environmental compliance, vehicle tracking and
fleet management. We have served the retail/commercial petroleum market since the mid-1980s through our Veeder-Root
business, and have enhanced our geographic coverage and product and service breadth through various acquisitions including
the acquisitions of Red Jacket in 2001 and Gilbarco in 2002. To expand our presence in emerging markets, in 2010 the
Company acquired the petroleum dispenser business of Larsen & Toubro, an Indian manufacturer of retail petroleum
equipment. Our retail/commercial petroleum business designs, manufactures and markets:
•
•
•
•
•
•
environmental monitoring and leak detection systems;
vapor recovery equipment;
fuel dispensers;
point-of-sale and secure electronic payment technologies for retail petroleum stations;
submersible turbine pumps; and
remote monitoring and outsourced fuel management services, including compliance services, fuel system
maintenance, and inventory planning and supply chain support.
Typical users of these products include independent and company-owned retail petroleum stations, high-volume retailers,
convenience stores, and commercial vehicle fleets.
We recently entered the vehicle tracking and fleet management market through our acquisitions of Navman Wireless in 2012
and Teletrac in 2013. Navman Wireless and Teletrac are leading global providers of vehicle tracking and fleet management
hardware and software solutions that fleet managers use to position and dispatch vehicles, manage fuel consumption and
promote vehicle safety, compliance, operating efficiency and productivity. Typical users of these solutions span a variety of
industries and include businesses and other organizations that manage vehicle fleets.
Customers in this line of business choose suppliers based on a number of factors including product features, performance and
functionality, the supplier’s geographic coverage and the other factors described under “—Competition.” We market the
products in this line of business under a variety of brands, including GILBARCO, GILBARCO AUTOTANK, NAVMAN
WIRELESS, TELETRAC and VEEDER-ROOT. Manufacturing facilities are located in North America, Europe, Asia and
South America. Sales are generally made through independent distributors and our direct sales personnel.
441583.10K.pdf 6
3/17/14 9:15 AM
6
LIFE SCIENCES & DIAGNOSTICS
Our diagnostics businesses offer a broad range of analytical instruments, reagents, consumables, software and services that
hospitals, physician’s offices, reference laboratories and other critical care settings use to diagnose disease and make treatment
decisions. Our life sciences businesses offer a broad range of research and clinical tools that scientists use to study cells and
cell components to understand the causes of disease, identify new therapies and test new drugs and vaccines. 2013 sales for
this segment by geographic destination were: North America, 38%; Europe, 29%; Asia/Australia, 27% and all other regions,
6%.
Diagnostics
We established our diagnostics business in 2004 through the acquisition of Radiometer. We have expanded the business
through numerous subsequent acquisitions, including the acquisitions of Leica Microsystems in 2005, Vision Systems in 2006,
Genetix in 2009, Beckman Coulter in 2011 (which more than doubled the size of the segment), Iris International and Aperio
Technologies in 2012 and HemoCue in 2013. The diagnostics business consists of our clinical laboratory (or clinical lab),
acute care and pathology diagnostics businesses.
Our clinical lab business is a leading manufacturer and marketer of biomedical testing instrument systems, tests and supplies
that are used to evaluate and analyze samples made up of body fluids, cells and other substances. The information generated is
used to diagnose disease, monitor and guide treatment and therapy, assist in managing chronic disease and assess patient status
in hospital, outpatient and physician's office settings. The business offers the following products:
• Our chemistry systems use electrochemical detection and chemical reactions with patient samples to detect and
quantify substances of diagnostic interest in blood, urine and other body fluids. Commonly performed tests include
glucose, cholesterol, triglycerides, electrolytes, proteins and enzymes, as well as tests to detect urinary tract infections
and kidney and bladder disease.
• Our immunoassay systems also detect and quantify chemical substances of diagnostic interest in body fluids,
particularly in circumstances where more specialized diagnosis is required. Commonly performed immunoassay tests
assess thyroid function, screen and monitor for cancer and cardiac risk and provide important information in fertility
and reproductive testing.
• Our cellular analysis business includes hematology and flow cytometry products. The business’ hematology systems
use principles of physics, optics, electronics and chemistry to separate cells of diagnostic interest and then quantify
and characterize them, allowing clinicians to study formed elements in blood (such as red and white blood cells and
platelets). The business’ flow cytometry products rapidly sort, identify, categorize and characterize multiple types of
cells in suspension, allowing clinicians to determine cell types and characteristics and analyze specific cell populations
based on molecular differences. The business also offers genome profiling services.
• We also offer systems and workflow solutions that allow laboratories to automate a number of steps from the pre-
analytical through post-analytical stages including sample barcoding/information tracking, centrifugation, aliquotting,
storage and conveyance. These systems along with the analyzers described above are controlled through laboratory
level software that enables laboratory managers to monitor samples, results and lab efficiency.
Typical users of the business’ clinical lab products include hospitals, physician’s offices, veterinary laboratories, reference
laboratories and pharmaceutical clinical trial laboratories.
Our acute care diagnostics business is a leading worldwide provider of instruments, software and related consumables and
services that are used in both laboratory and point-of-care environments to rapidly measure critical parameters, including blood
gases, electrolytes, metabolites and cardiac markers, as well as for anemia and high-sensitivity glucose testing. Typical users of
these products include hospital central laboratories, intensive care units, hospital operating rooms, hospital emergency rooms,
physician’s office laboratories and blood banks.
Our pathology diagnostics business is a leading histology company in the anatomical pathology market, offering a
comprehensive suite of instrumentation and related consumables used across the entire workflow of a pathology laboratory.
Our pathology diagnostics products include tissue embedding, processing and slicing (microtomes) instruments and related
reagents and consumables; chemical and immuno-staining instruments, reagents, antibodies and consumables; slide
coverslipping and slide/cassette marking instruments; and imaging instrumentation including slide scanners, microscopes,
cameras and software solutions to store, share and analyze pathology images digitally. Typical users of these products include
pathologists, lab managers and researchers.
7
441583.10K.pdf 7
3/17/14 9:15 AM
Customers in the diagnostics industry select products based on a number of factors, including product quality and reliability,
the scope of tests that can be performed, the accuracy and speed of the product, the product’s ability to enhance productivity,
total cost of ownership and access to a highly qualified service and support network as well as the other factors described under
“—Competition.” Our diagnostics business generally markets its products under the APERIO, BECKMAN COULTER,
HEMOCUE, IRIS, LEICA BIOSYSTEMS, RADIOMETER and SURGIPATH brands. Manufacturing facilities are located in
North America, Europe, Asia and Australia. The businesses sell to customers primarily through direct sales personnel and to a
lesser extent through independent distributors.
Life Sciences
We established our life sciences business in 2005 through the acquisition of Leica Microsystems, and have expanded the
business through numerous subsequent acquisitions, including the acquisitions of AB Sciex and Molecular Devices in 2010 and
Beckman Coulter in 2011. The life sciences business consists of the following businesses.
Our microscopy business is a leading global provider of professional microscopes designed to manipulate, preserve and capture
images of, and enhance the user’s visualization and analysis of, microscopic structures. Our microscopy products include:
•
•
•
•
laser scanning (confocal) microscopes;
compound microscopes and related equipment;
surgical and other stereo microscopes; and
specimen preparation products for electron microscopy.
Typical users of these products include research, medical and surgical professionals operating in research and pathology
laboratories, academic settings and surgical theaters.
Our mass spectrometry business is a leading global provider of high-end mass spectrometers. Mass spectrometry is a technique
for identifying, analyzing and quantifying elements, chemical compounds and biological molecules, individually or in complex
mixtures. Our products utilize various combinations of quadrupole, time-of-flight and ion trap technologies, and are typically
used in conjunction with a third party liquid chromatography instrument. Our mass spectrometer systems are used in numerous
applications such as drug discovery and clinical development of therapeutics as well as in basic research, clinical testing, food
and beverage quality testing and environmental testing. To support our installations around the world, we provide
implementation, validation, training, maintenance and support from our global services network. Typical users of our mass
spectrometry products include molecular biologists, bioanalytical chemists, toxicologists, and forensic scientists as well as
quality assurance and quality control technicians. We also provide high-performance bioanalytical measurement systems,
including microplate readers, automated cellular screening products and associated reagents, and imaging software. Typical
users of these products include biologists and chemists engaged in research and drug discovery, who use these products to
determine electrical or chemical activity in cell samples.
We also offer workflow instruments and consumables that help researchers analyze genomic, protein and cellular information.
Key product areas include sample preparation equipment such as centrifugation and capillary electrophoresis instrumentation
and consumables; liquid handling automation instruments and associated consumables; flow cytometry instrumentation and
associated antibodies and reagents; and particle characterization instrumentation. Researchers use the business' products to
study biological function in the pursuit of basic research, as well as therapeutic and diagnostic development. Typical users of
these products include pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, universities, medical schools and research institutions and
in some cases industrial manufacturers.
Customers in the life sciences industry select products based on a number of factors, including product quality and reliability,
innovation (particularly productivity and sensitivity improvements), the product’s capacity to enhance productivity, product
performance and ergonomics, access to a service and support network and the other factors described under “—Competition.”
Our life sciences business generally markets its products under the AB SCIEX, BECKMAN COULTER, LEICA
MICROSYSTEMS and MOLECULAR DEVICES brands. Manufacturing facilities are located in Europe, Australia, Asia and
North America. The businesses sell to customers primarily through direct sales personnel and to a lesser extent through
independent distributors.
441583.10K.pdf 8
3/17/14 9:15 AM
8
DENTAL
Our Dental segment is a leading worldwide provider of a broad range of dental consumables, equipment and services that are
used to diagnose, treat and prevent disease and ailments of the teeth, gums and supporting bone, and to improve the aesthetics
of the human smile. We are dedicated to driving technological innovations that help dental professionals improve clinical
outcomes and enhance productivity. 2013 sales for this segment by geographic destination were: North America, 51%; Europe,
32%; Asia/Australia, 10% and all other regions, 7%.
We entered the dental business in 2004 through the acquisitions of KaVo and Gendex and have enhanced our geographic
coverage and product and service breadth through subsequent acquisitions, including the acquisition of Sybron Dental
Specialties in 2006 and PaloDEx Group Oy in 2009. Today, our dental businesses develop, manufacture and market the
following dental consumables and dental equipment:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
orthodontic bracket systems and lab products;
impression, bonding and restorative materials;
endodontic systems and related consumables;
infection prevention products;
implant systems (by joint venture);
diamond and carbide rotary instruments;
digital imaging and other visualization and magnification systems;
air and electric handpieces and associated consumables; and
treatment units.
Typical customers and users of these products include general dentists, dental specialists, dental hygienists, dental laboratories
and other oral health professionals, as well as educational, medical and governmental entities. Dental professionals choose
dental products based on a number of factors including product performance, the product’s capacity to enhance productivity
and the other factors described under “—Competition.” Our dental products are marketed primarily under the DEXIS,
GENDEX, iCAT, IMPLANT DIRECT, INSTRUMENTARIUM DENTAL, KAVO, KERR, NOMAD, ORMCO, PELTON &
CRANE, PENTRON, SOREDEX, SYBRON ENDO and TOTAL CARE brands. Manufacturing facilities are located in
Europe, North America and South America. Sales are primarily made through independent distributors and, to a lesser extent,
through direct sales personnel.
INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGIES
Our Industrial Technologies segment is a leading global provider of equipment, consumables and software for various printing,
marking, coding, design and color management applications on consumer and industrial products. The segment is also a
leading global provider of electromechanical motion control solutions for the industrial automation and packaging markets.
2013 sales for this segment by geographic destination were: North America, 45%; Europe, 30%; Asia/Australia, 16% and all
other regions, 9%. Our Industrial Technologies segment consists of the following lines of business.
Product Identification
We entered the product identification market through the acquisition of Videojet in 2002, and have expanded our product and
geographic coverage through various subsequent acquisitions, including the acquisitions of Willett International Limited in
2003, Linx Printing Technologies PLC in 2005, EskoArtwork in 2011 and X-Rite in 2012. Our product identification
businesses design, manufacture, and market the following products and services:
• We provide a variety of equipment used to print bar codes, date codes, lot codes and other information on primary and
secondary packaging. Our equipment can apply high-quality alphanumeric codes, logos and graphics to a wide range
of surfaces at a variety of line speeds, angles and locations on a product or package.
• We are a leading global supplier of integrated solutions for packaging, sign and display finishing, commercial printing
and professional publishing. We provide software for artwork creation, structural design, workflow automation,
quality assurance and online collaboration, flexo computer-to-plate imagers and digital finishing systems.
9
441583.10K.pdf 9
3/17/14 9:15 AM
• We provide innovative color solutions through measurement systems, software, color standards and related services.
Our expertise in inspiring, selecting, measuring, formulating, communicating and matching color helps users improve
the quality and effectiveness of their products and reduce costs.
Typical users of the product identification business’ products include food and beverage manufacturers, pharmaceutical
manufacturers, retailers, commercial printing, packaging and mailing operations, graphic design firms, and paints, plastics and
textile manufacturers. Customers in this industry choose suppliers based on a number of factors, including printer speed and
accuracy, equipment uptime and reliable operation without interruption, ease of maintenance, service coverage and the other
factors described under “—Competition.” Our product identification products are primarily marketed under the ESKO, FOBA,
LINX, PANTONE, VIDEOJET and X-RITE brands. Manufacturing facilities are located in North America, Europe, South
America, and Asia. Sales are generally made through our direct sales personnel and independent distributors.
Motion
We entered the motion control industry through the acquisition of Pacific Scientific Company in 1998, and subsequently
expanded our product and geographic breadth with the acquisitions of American Precision Industries, Kollmorgen Corporation
and the motion businesses of Warner Electric Company in 2000, and Thomson Industries in 2002, among others. Our motion
businesses provide a wide range of electromechanical motion control products including:
•
•
•
standard and custom motors;
drives;
controls; and
• mechanical components (such as ball screws, linear bearings, clutches/brakes, and linear actuators).
These products are sold in various precision motion markets such as the markets for packaging equipment, medical equipment,
robotics, circuit board assembly equipment and electric vehicles (such as lift trucks). Customers are typically systems
integrators who use our products in production and packaging lines and original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs") that
integrate our products into their machines and systems. Customers in this industry choose suppliers based on a number of
factors, including product performance, the comprehensiveness of the supplier’s product offering, the geographic coverage
offered by the supplier and the other factors described under “—Competition.” Our motion products are marketed under a
variety of brands, including DOVER, KOLLMORGEN, PORTESCAP and THOMSON. Manufacturing facilities are located
in North America, Europe, Asia and Latin America. Sales are generally made through our direct sales personnel and
independent distributors.
Other Businesses
Our sensors & controls products include instruments that monitor, sense and control discrete manufacturing variables such as
temperature, position, quantity, level, flow and time. Users of these products span a wide variety of manufacturing markets.
Certain businesses included in this group also make and sell instruments, controls and monitoring systems used by the electric
utility industry to monitor their transmission and distribution systems. These products are marketed under a variety of brands,
including DYNAPAR, GEMS SENSORS, HENGSTLER, IRIS POWER, QUALITROL, SERVERON, SETRA and WEST.
Sales are generally made through our direct sales personnel and independent distributors.
Our energetic materials business designs, manufactures, and markets energetic material systems. Typical users of these
products include systems integrators and prime contractors. Customers in this industry choose suppliers based on a number of
factors, including the supplier’s experience with the particular technology or application and the other factors described under
“—Competition.” These products are typically marketed under the PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC ENERGETIC MATERIALS
COMPANY brand.
Jacobs Vehicle Systems is a leading worldwide supplier of supplemental braking systems for commercial vehicles, selling
JAKE BRAKE brand engine retarders for class 6 through 8 vehicles and bleeder and exhaust brakes for class 2 through 7
vehicles. Customers are primarily major manufacturers of class 2 through class 8 vehicles, and sales are typically made
through our direct sales personnel.
Manufacturing facilities of our sensors & controls, energetic materials and engine retarder businesses are located in North
America, South America, Europe and Asia.
************************************
10
441583.10K.pdf 10
3/17/14 9:15 AM
The following discussion includes information common to all of our segments.
Materials
Our manufacturing operations employ a wide variety of raw materials, including steel, copper, cast iron, electronic components,
aluminum, plastics and other petroleum-based products. Prices of oil and gas also affect our costs for freight and utilities. We
purchase raw materials from a large number of independent sources around the world. No single supplier is material, although
for some components that require particular specifications or qualifications there may be a single supplier or a limited number
of suppliers that can readily provide such components. We utilize a number of techniques to address potential disruption in and
other risks relating to our supply chain, including in certain cases the use of safety stock, alternative materials and qualification
of multiple supply sources. During 2013 we had no raw material shortages that had a material effect on our business. For a
further discussion of risks related to the materials and components required for our operations, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk
Factors.”
Intellectual Property
We own numerous patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and licenses to intellectual property owned by others.
Although in aggregate our intellectual property is important to our operations, we do not consider any single patent, trademark,
copyright, trade secret or license to be of material importance to any segment or to the business as a whole. From time to time
we engage in litigation to protect our intellectual property rights. For a discussion of risks related to our intellectual property,
please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” All capitalized brands and product names throughout this document are trademarks
owned by, or licensed to, Danaher.
Competition
Although our businesses generally operate in highly competitive markets, our competitive position cannot be determined
accurately in the aggregate or by segment since none of our competitors offer all of the same product and service lines or serve
all of the same markets as we do. Because of the range of the products and services we sell and the variety of markets we
serve, we encounter a wide variety of competitors, including well-established regional competitors, competitors who are more
specialized than we are in particular markets, as well as larger companies or divisions of larger companies with substantial
sales, marketing, research, and financial capabilities. We are facing increased competition in a number of our served markets as
a result of the entry of new, large companies into certain markets, the entry of competitors based in low-cost manufacturing
locations, and increasing consolidation in particular markets. The number of competitors varies by product and service line.
Our management believes that we have a market leadership position in many of the markets we serve. Key competitive factors
vary among our businesses and product and service lines, but include the specific factors noted above with respect to each
particular business and typically also include price, quality, delivery speed, service and support, innovation, distribution
network, breadth of product, service and software offerings and brand name recognition. For a discussion of risks related to
competition, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”
Seasonal Nature of Business
General economic conditions impact our business and financial results, and certain of our businesses experience seasonal and
other trends related to the industries and end markets that they serve. For example, European sales are often weaker in the
summer months, sales to the United States government are typically stronger in the third calendar quarter, medical and capital
equipment sales are often stronger in the fourth calendar quarter and sales to OEMs are often stronger immediately preceding
and following the launch of new products. However, as a whole, we are not subject to material seasonality.
Working Capital
We maintain an adequate level of working capital to support our business needs. There are no unusual industry practices or
requirements relating to working capital items. In addition, our sales and payment terms are generally similar to those of our
competitors.
441583.10K.pdf 11
3/17/14 9:15 AM
11
Backlog
The table below provides the unfulfilled orders attributable to each of our five segments as of December 31 ($ in millions):
Test & Measurement
Environmental
Life Sciences & Diagnostics
Dental
Industrial Technologies
Total
$
2013
2012
$
572
519
452
58
600
621
426
435
58
588
$
2,201
$
2,128
We expect that a large majority of the unfilled orders as of December 31, 2013 will be delivered to customers within three to
four months of such date. Given the relatively short delivery periods and rapid inventory turnover that are characteristic of
most of our products and the shortening of product life cycles, we believe that backlog is indicative of short-term revenue
performance but not necessarily a reliable indicator of medium or long-term revenue performance.
Employee Relations
As of December 31, 2013, we employed approximately 66,000 persons, of whom approximately 29,000 were employed in the
United States and approximately 37,000 were employed outside of the United States. Of our United States employees,
approximately 1,700 were hourly-rated, unionized employees. Outside the United States, we have government-mandated
collective bargaining arrangements and union contracts in certain countries, particularly in Europe where many of our
employees are represented by unions and/or works councils. For a discussion of risks related to employee relations, please
refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”
Research and Development
The table below describes our research and development expenditures over each of the last three years ended December 31, by
segment and in the aggregate ($ in millions):
Test & Measurement
Environmental
Life Sciences & Diagnostics
Dental
Industrial Technologies
Total
$
2013
2012
2011
$
362
167
476
75
170
$
335
155
418
76
154
312
153
341
78
135
$
1,250
$
1,138
$
1,019
We conduct research and development activities for the purpose of developing new products, enhancing the functionality,
effectiveness, ease of use and reliability of our existing products and expanding the applications for which uses of our products
are appropriate. Our research and development efforts include internal initiatives and those that use licensed or acquired
technology. The Company conducts research and development activities on a business-by-business basis, primarily in North
America, Europe and Asia. We anticipate that we will continue to make significant expenditures for research and development
as we seek to provide a continuing flow of innovative products to maintain and improve our competitive position. For a
discussion of the risks related to the need to develop and commercialize new products and product enhancements, please refer
to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” Customer-sponsored research and development was not significant in 2013, 2012 or 2011.
441583.10K.pdf 12
3/17/14 9:15 AM
12
Government Contracts
Although the substantial majority of our revenue in 2013 was from customers other than governmental entities, each of our
segments has agreements relating to the sale of products to government entities. As a result, we are subject to various statutes
and regulations that apply to companies doing business with governments. For a discussion of risks related to government
contracting requirements, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”
Regulatory Matters
We face comprehensive government regulation both within and outside the United States relating to the development,
manufacture, marketing, sale and distribution of our products, software and services. The following sections describe certain
significant regulations that we are subject to. These are not the only regulations that our businesses must comply with. For a
description of the risks related to the regulations that our businesses are subject to, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”
Environmental Laws and Regulations
Our operations, products and services are subject to environmental laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which they
operate, which impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the environment and establish standards for the
generation, use, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. A number of our operations involve
the handling, manufacturing, use or sale of substances that are or could be classified as hazardous materials within the meaning
of applicable laws. We must also comply with various health and safety regulations in both the United States and abroad in
connection with our operations. Compliance with these laws and regulations has not had and, based on current information and
the applicable laws and regulations currently in effect, is not expected to have a material effect on our capital expenditures,
earnings or competitive position, and we do not anticipate material capital expenditures for environmental control facilities.
For a discussion of risks related to compliance with environmental and health and safety laws, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk
Factors.”
In addition to environmental compliance costs, we from time to time incur costs related to alleged damages associated with past
or current waste disposal practices or other hazardous materials handling practices. For example, generators of hazardous
substances found in disposal sites at which environmental problems are alleged to exist, as well as the current and former
owners of those sites and certain other classes of persons, are subject to claims brought by state and federal regulatory agencies
pursuant to statutory authority. We have received notification from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and from state
and non-U.S. environmental agencies, that conditions at certain sites where we and others previously disposed of hazardous
wastes and/or are or were property owners require clean-up and other possible remedial action, including sites where we have
been identified as a potentially responsible party under U.S. federal and state environmental laws. We have projects underway
at a number of current and former facilities, in both the United States and abroad, to investigate and remediate environmental
contamination resulting from past operations. Remediation activities generally relate to soil and/or groundwater contamination
and may include pre-remedial activities such as fact-finding and investigation, risk assessment, feasibility study, and/or design,
as well as remediation actions such as contaminant removal, monitoring and/or installation, operation and maintenance of
longer-term remediation systems. We are also from time to time party to personal injury or other claims brought by private
parties alleging injury due to the presence of or exposure to hazardous substances.
We have made a provision for environmental investigation and remediation and environmental-related claims with respect to
sites owned or formerly owned by the Company and its subsidiaries and third party sites where we have been determined to be
a potentially responsible party. We generally make an assessment of the costs involved for our remediation efforts based on
environmental studies, as well as our prior experience with similar sites. The ultimate cost of site cleanup is difficult to predict
given the uncertainties of our involvement in certain sites, uncertainties regarding the extent of the required cleanup, the
availability of alternative cleanup methods, variations in the interpretation of applicable laws and regulations, the possibility of
insurance recoveries with respect to certain sites and the fact that imposition of joint and several liability with right of
contribution is possible under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 and other
environmental laws and regulations. If we determine that potential liability for a particular site or with respect to a personal
injury claim is probable and reasonably estimable, we accrue the total estimated loss, including investigation and remediation
costs, associated with the site or claim. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had a reserve of $133 million for
environmental matters which are probable and reasonably estimable (of which $92 million are non-current), which reflects the
Company’s best estimate of the costs to be incurred with respect to such matters. Please see Note 9 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional information about our environmental reserves.
All reserves have been recorded without giving effect to any possible future third party recoveries. While we actively pursue
insurance recoveries, as well as recoveries from other potentially responsible parties, we do not recognize any insurance
recoveries for environmental liability claims until realized or until such time as a sustained pattern of collections is established
related to historical matters of a similar nature and magnitude.
13
441583.10K.pdf 13
3/17/14 9:15 AM
For a discussion of risks related to past or future releases of, or exposures to, hazardous substances, please refer to “Item 1A.
Risk Factors.”
Medical Device and Other Healthcare Regulations
Certain of our products are classified as medical devices under the United States Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”).
The FDCA requires these products, when sold in the United States, to be safe and effective for their intended use and to comply
with the regulations administered by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”). Our medical device products
are also regulated by comparable agencies in non-U.S. countries where our products are sold.
The FDA’s regulatory requirements include:
• Establishment Registration. We must register with the FDA each facility where regulated products are developed or
manufactured. The FDA periodically inspects these facilities.
• Marketing Authorization. We must obtain FDA authorization to begin marketing a regulated, non-exempted product
in the United States. For some of our products, this authorization is obtained by submitting a 510(k) pre-market
notification, which generally provides data on the performance of the product to allow the FDA to determine
substantial equivalence to a product already in commercial distribution in the United States. Other of our products
must go through a formal pre-market approval process which includes the review of non-clinical laboratory studies
and clinical investigations, as well as an inspection by the FDA prior to market approval.
• Quality Systems. We are required to establish a quality system that includes procedures for ensuring regulated
products are developed, manufactured and distributed in accordance with specified standards. We also must establish
procedures for investigating and responding to customer complaints regarding the performance of regulated products.
• Labeling. The labeling for the products must contain specified information. In some cases, the FDA must review and
approve the labeling and any quality assurance protocols specified in the labeling.
•
•
Imports and Exports. The FDCA establishes requirements for importing products into and exporting products from the
United States. In general, any limitations on importing and exporting products apply only to products that have not
received marketing authorization.
Post-Market Reporting. After regulated products have been distributed to customers, we may receive product
complaints requiring us to investigate and report to the FDA certain events involving the products. We also must
notify the FDA when we conduct recalls involving our products.
In the European Union, a single medical device regulatory approval process exists. Regulated products must meet minimum
standards of performance, safety, and quality (known as the “essential requirements”), and then, according to their
classification, comply with one or more of a selection of conformity assessment routes. Unlike United States regulations,
which require most devices to undergo some level of premarket review by the FDA, the European Union regulations allow
manufacturers to bring many devices to market using a process in which the manufacturer certifies that the device conforms to
the essential requirements for that device. Certain products must go through a more formal pre-market review process. We are
also required to report device failures and injuries potentially related to product use in a timely manner to the competent
authorities of the European Union countries. A number of other countries, including Australia, Brazil, Canada, China and
Japan, have also adopted or are in the process of adopting standards for medical devices sold in those countries.
We are also subject to various healthcare related laws regulating fraud and abuse, pricing and sales and marketing practices
and the privacy and security of health information, including the United States federal regulations described below. Many
states, foreign countries and supranational bodies have also adopted laws and regulations similar to, and in some cases more
stringent than, the federal regulations discussed above and below.
• The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or
providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the
furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal health care program,
such as Medicare or Medicaid.
• The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) prohibits knowingly and willfully
(1) executing a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payors, or (2) falsifying,
concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in
connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services. In addition, HIPAA, as
amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, also restricts the use
14
441583.10K.pdf 14
3/17/14 9:15 AM
and disclosure of patient-identifiable health information, mandates the adoption of standards relating to the privacy
and security of patient-identifiable health information and requires us to report certain security breaches with respect
to such information.
• The Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires manufacturers of medical devices covered under Medicare and
Medicaid to record transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals and to report this data to the Centers for
Medicare and Medicaid Services for subsequent public disclosure. Similar reporting requirements have also been
enacted on the state level, and an increasing number of countries worldwide either have adopted or are considering
similar laws requiring transparency of interactions with health care professionals.
• The False Claims Act imposes liability on any person or entity that, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes
to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal health care program. The qui tam provisions of
the False Claims Act allow a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the
defendant has submitted a false claim to the federal government, and to share in any monetary recovery.
In addition, certain of our products utilize radioactive material, and we are subject to federal, state and local regulations
governing the management, storage, handling and disposal of these materials. For a discussion of risks related to our regulation
by the FDA and comparable agencies of other countries, and the other regulatory regimes referenced above, please refer to
“Item 1A. Risk Factors.”
Export/Import Compliance
We are required to comply with various U.S. export/import control and economic sanctions laws, including:
•
•
•
the International Traffic in Arms Regulations administered by the U.S. Department of State, Directorate of Defense
Trade Controls, which, among other things, imposes license requirements on the export from the United States of
defense articles and defense services (which are items specifically designed or adapted for a military application and/
or listed on the United States Munitions List);
the Export Administration Regulations administered by the U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Industry and
Security, which, among other things, impose licensing requirements on the export or re-export of certain dual-use
goods, technology and software (which are items that potentially have both commercial and military applications);
the regulations administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control, which implement
economic sanctions imposed against designated countries, governments and persons based on United States foreign
policy and national security considerations; and
•
the import regulatory activities of the U.S. Customs and Border Protection.
Other nations’ governments have implemented similar export and import control regulations, which may affect our operations
or transactions subject to their jurisdictions. For a discussion of risks related to export/import control and economic sanctions
laws, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”
International Operations
Our products and services are available worldwide, and our principal markets outside the United States are in Europe and Asia.
We also have operations around the world, and this geographic diversity allows us to draw on the skills of a worldwide
workforce, provides greater stability to our operations, allows us to drive economies of scale, provides revenue streams that
may help offset economic trends that are specific to individual economies and offers us an opportunity to access new markets
for products. In addition, we believe that our future growth depends in part on our ability to develop products and sales models
that successfully target emerging markets (also referred to in this Report as “high-growth markets”). The Company defines
high-growth markets as developing markets of the world experiencing rapid growth in gross domestic product and
infrastructure which includes Eastern Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Latin America and Asia (with the exception of Japan and
Australia).
441583.10K.pdf 15
3/17/14 9:15 AM
15
The table below describes annual revenue derived from customers outside the United States as a percentage of total annual
revenue for each of the last three years ended December 31, by segment and in the aggregate, based on geographic destination:
Test & Measurement
Environmental
Life Sciences & Diagnostics
Dental
Industrial Technologies
Total percentage of revenue derived from customers outside of the United
States
2013
2012
2011
47%
57%
65%
53%
57%
58%
48%
55%
64%
54%
56%
57%
52%
57%
66%
56%
57%
58%
The table below describes long-lived assets located outside the United States as of December 31, as a percentage of total long-
lived assets for each of the last three years, by segment and in the aggregate (including assets held for sale):
Test & Measurement
Environmental
Life Sciences & Diagnostics
Dental
Industrial Technologies
Total percentage of long-lived assets located outside of the United States
2013
2012
2011
20%
38%
48%
33%
37%
39%
19%
39%
45%
34%
38%
37%
17%
44%
31%
35%
37%
31%
For additional information related to revenues and long-lived assets by country, please refer to Note 20 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements and for information regarding deferred taxes by geography, please refer to Note 13 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.
The manner in which our products and services are sold outside the United States differs by business and by region. Most of
our sales in non-U.S. markets are made by our subsidiaries located outside the U.S., though we also sell directly from the U.S.
into non-U.S. markets through various representatives and distributors and, in some cases, directly. In countries with low sales
volumes, we generally sell through representatives and distributors.
Financial information about our international operations is contained in Note 20 of the Consolidated Financial Statements and
information about the effects of foreign currency fluctuations on our business is set forth in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” For a discussion of risks related to our non-U.S. operations
and foreign currency exchange, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”
Major Customers
No customer accounted for more than 10% of consolidated sales in 2013, 2012 or 2011.
Available Information
We maintain an internet website at www.danaher.com. We make available free of charge on the website our annual reports on
Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports, filed or
furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such material
with, or furnishing such material to, the SEC. Our Internet site and the information contained on or connected to that site are
not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.
441583.10K.pdf 16
3/17/14 9:15 AM
16
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with the information included elsewhere in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K and other documents we file with the SEC. The risks and uncertainties described below are
those that we have identified as material, but are not the only risks and uncertainties facing us. Our business is also subject to
general risks and uncertainties that affect many other companies, such as market conditions, geopolitical events, changes in
laws or accounting rules, fluctuations in interest rates, terrorism, wars or conflicts, major health concerns, natural disasters or
other disruptions of expected economic or business conditions. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or
that we currently believe are immaterial also may impair our business, including our results of operations, liquidity and
financial condition.
Conditions in the global economy, the markets we serve and the financial markets may adversely affect our business and
financial statements.
Our business is sensitive to general economic conditions and since 2008 the effects of the global financial crisis have adversely
impacted the global economy. Slower global economic growth, the credit market crisis and European debt crisis, uncertainty
relating to the Euro, high levels of unemployment, reduced levels of capital expenditures, changes in government fiscal and
monetary policies, government deficit reduction and budget negotiation dynamics, sequestration, other austerity measures and
other challenges affecting the global economy adversely affect the Company and its distributors, customers and suppliers,
including having the effect of:
•
•
•
•
•
•
reducing demand for our products (in this Item 1A, references to products also includes software) and services,
limiting the financing available to our customers and suppliers, increasing order cancellations and resulting in longer
sales cycles and slower adoption of new technologies;
increasing the difficulty in collecting accounts receivable and the risk of excess and obsolete inventories;
increasing price competition in our served markets;
supply interruptions, which could disrupt our ability to produce our products;
increasing the risk of impairment of goodwill and other long-lived assets; and
increasing the risk that counterparties to our contractual arrangements will become insolvent or otherwise unable to
fulfill their contractual obligations which, in addition to increasing the risks identified above, could result in
preference actions against us.
Although we have been able to continue accessing the commercial paper and other capital markets through the date of this
report, there can be no assurances that such markets will remain available to us or that the lenders participating in our revolving
credit facilities will be able to provide financing in accordance with their contractual obligations.
Improvement in the global economy remains uneven and uncertain. If slower growth in the global economy or in any of the
markets we serve continues for a significant period, if there is significant deterioration in the global economy or such markets
or if improvements in the global economy don't benefit the markets we serve, our business and financial statements could be
adversely affected.
Our restructuring actions could have long-term adverse effects on our business.
From 2008 through 2013, we have implemented multiple, significant restructuring activities across our businesses to adjust our
cost structure, and we may engage in similar restructuring activities in the future. These restructuring activities and our regular
ongoing cost reduction activities (including in connection with the integration of acquired businesses) reduce our available
talent, assets and other resources and could slow improvements in our products and services, adversely affect our ability to
respond to customers and limit our ability to increase production quickly if demand for our products increases. These
circumstances could adversely impact our business and financial statements.
Our growth could suffer if the markets into which we sell our products and services decline, do not grow as anticipated or
experience cyclicality.
Our growth depends in part on the growth of the markets which we serve, and visibility into our markets is limited (particularly
for markets into which we sell through distribution). Our quarterly sales and profits depend substantially on the volume and
timing of orders received during the fiscal quarter, which are difficult to forecast. Any decline or lower than expected growth
in our served markets could diminish demand for our products and services, which would adversely affect our financial
17
441583.10K.pdf 17
3/17/14 9:15 AM
statements. Certain of our businesses operate in industries that may experience periodic, cyclical downturns. In addition, in
certain of our businesses demand depends on customers' capital spending budgets as well as government funding policies, and
matters of public policy and government budget dynamics as well as product and economic cycles can affect the spending
decisions of these entities. Demand for our products and services is also sensitive to changes in customer order patterns, which
may be affected by announced price changes, changes in incentive programs, new product introductions and customer
inventory levels. Any of these factors could adversely affect our growth and results of operations in any given period.
We face intense competition and if we are unable to compete effectively, we may experience decreased demand and
decreased market share. Even if we compete effectively, we may be required to reduce prices for our products and services.
Our businesses operate in industries that are intensely competitive and have been subject to increasing consolidation. Because
of the range of the products and services we sell and the variety of markets we serve, we encounter a wide variety of
competitors; please see “Item 1. Business - Competition” for additional details. In order to compete effectively, we must retain
longstanding relationships with major customers and continue to grow our business by establishing relationships with new
customers, continually developing new products and services to maintain and expand our brand recognition and leadership
position in various product and service categories and penetrating new markets, including high-growth markets. Our failure to
compete effectively and/or pricing pressures resulting from competition may adversely impact our financial statements, and our
expansion into new markets may result in greater-than-expected risks, liabilities and expenses.
Our growth depends in part on the timely development and commercialization, and customer acceptance, of new and
enhanced products and services based on technological innovation.
We generally sell our products and services in industries that are characterized by rapid technological changes, frequent new
product introductions and changing industry standards. If we do not develop innovative new and enhanced products and
services on a timely basis, our offerings will become obsolete over time and our competitive position and financial statements
will suffer. Our success will depend on several factors, including our ability to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
correctly identify customer needs and preferences and predict future needs and preferences;
allocate our research and development funding to products and services with higher growth prospects;
anticipate and respond to our competitors' development of new products and services and technological innovations;
differentiate our offerings from our competitors' offerings and avoid commoditization;
innovate and develop new technologies and applications, and acquire or obtain rights to third party technologies that
may have valuable applications in our served markets;
obtain adequate intellectual property rights with respect to key technologies before our competitors do;
successfully commercialize new technologies in a timely manner, price them competitively and cost-effectively
manufacture and deliver sufficient volumes of new products of appropriate quality on time;
obtain necessary regulatory approvals of appropriate scope, including with respect to medical device products by
demonstrating satisfactory clinical results where applicable; and
•
stimulate customer demand for and convince customers to adopt new technologies.
In addition, if we fail to accurately predict future customer needs and preferences or fail to produce viable technologies, we
may invest heavily in research and development of products and services that do not lead to significant revenue, which would
adversely affect our profitability. Even if we successfully innovate and develop new and enhanced products and services, we
may incur substantial costs in doing so, and our profitability may suffer. In addition, promising new offerings may fail to reach
the market or realize only limited commercial success because of efficacy or safety concerns, failure to achieve positive clinical
outcomes or uncertainty over third party reimbursement.
Our reputation, ability to do business and financial statements may be impaired by improper conduct by any of our
employees, agents or business partners.
We cannot provide assurance that our internal controls and compliance systems will always protect us from acts committed by
our employees, agents or business partners of ours (or of businesses we acquire or partner with) that would violate U.S. and/or
non-U.S. laws, including the laws governing payments to government officials, bribery, fraud, kickbacks and false claims,
conflicts of interest, competition, export and import compliance, money laundering and data privacy. In particular, the U.S.
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit
18
441583.10K.pdf 18
3/17/14 9:15 AM
companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to government officials for the purpose of obtaining or
retaining business, and we operate in many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree.
Any such improper actions could damage our reputation and subject us to civil or criminal investigations in the U.S. and in
other jurisdictions and related shareholder lawsuits, could lead to substantial civil and criminal, monetary and non-monetary
penalties and could cause us to incur significant legal and investigatory fees. In addition, though we rely on our suppliers to
adhere to our supplier standards of conduct, material violations of such standards of conduct could occur.
Any inability to consummate acquisitions at our historical rate and at appropriate prices could negatively impact our growth
rate and stock price.
Our ability to grow revenues, earnings and cash flow at or above our historic rates depends in part upon our ability to identify
and successfully acquire and integrate businesses at appropriate prices and realize anticipated synergies. We may not be able to
consummate acquisitions at rates similar to the past, which could adversely impact our growth rate and our stock price.
Promising acquisitions are difficult to identify and complete for a number of reasons, including high valuations, competition
among prospective buyers, the availability of affordable funding in the capital markets and the need to satisfy applicable
closing conditions and obtain antitrust and other regulatory approvals on acceptable terms. In addition, competition for
acquisitions may result in higher purchase prices. Changes in accounting or regulatory requirements or instability in the credit
markets could also adversely impact our ability to consummate acquisitions.
Our acquisition of businesses, joint ventures and strategic relationships could negatively impact our financial statements.
As part of our business strategy we acquire businesses and enter into joint ventures and other strategic relationships in the
ordinary course, some of which may be material; please see “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations” (“MD&A”) for additional details. These acquisitions, joint ventures and strategic relationships
involve a number of financial, accounting, managerial, operational, legal, compliance and other risks and challenges, including
the following, any of which could adversely affect our financial statements:
• Any acquired business, technology, service or product could under-perform relative to our expectations and the price
that we paid for it, or not perform in accordance with our anticipated timetable.
• We may incur or assume significant debt in connection with our acquisitions, joint ventures or strategic relationships.
• Acquisitions, joint ventures or strategic relationships could cause our financial results to differ from our own or the
investment community's expectations in any given period, or over the long-term.
•
Pre-closing and post-closing earnings charges could adversely impact operating results in any given period, and the
impact may be substantially different from period to period.
• Acquisitions, joint ventures or strategic relationships could create demands on our management, operational resources
and financial and internal control systems that we are unable to effectively address.
• We could experience difficulty in integrating personnel, operations and financial and other systems and retaining key
employees and customers.
• We may be unable to achieve cost savings or other synergies anticipated in connection with an acquisition, joint
venture or strategic relationship.
• We may assume by acquisition, joint venture or strategic relationship unknown liabilities, known contingent liabilities
that become realized, known liabilities that prove greater than anticipated, internal control deficiencies or exposure to
regulatory sanctions resulting from the acquired company's activities. The realization of any of these liabilities or
deficiencies may increase our expenses, adversely affect our financial position or cause us to fail to meet our public
financial reporting obligations.
•
In connection with acquisitions and joint ventures, we often enter into post-closing financial arrangements such as
purchase price adjustments, earn-out obligations and indemnification obligations, which may have unpredictable
financial results.
• As a result of our acquisitions, we have recorded significant goodwill and other intangible assets on our balance sheet.
If we are not able to realize the value of these assets, we may be required to incur charges relating to the impairment of
these assets.
19
441583.10K.pdf 19
3/17/14 9:15 AM
• We may have interests that diverge from those of our joint venture partners or other strategic partners and we may not
be able to direct the management and operations of the joint venture or other strategic relationship in the manner we
believe is most appropriate, exposing us to additional risk.
The indemnification provisions of acquisition agreements by which we have acquired companies may not fully protect us
and as a result we may face unexpected liabilities.
Certain of the acquisition agreements by which we have acquired companies require the former owners to indemnify us against
certain liabilities related to the operation of the company before we acquired it. In most of these agreements, however, the
liability of the former owners is limited and certain former owners may be unable to meet their indemnification responsibilities.
We cannot assure you that these indemnification provisions will protect us fully or at all, and as a result we may face
unexpected liabilities that adversely affect our financial statements.
Divestitures could negatively impact our business, and contingent liabilities from businesses that we have sold could
adversely affect our financial statements.
We continually assess the strategic fit of our existing businesses and may divest businesses that are deemed not to fit with our
strategic plan or are not achieving the desired return on investment. Divestitures pose risks and challenges that could
negatively impact our business. For example, when we decide to sell a business or assets, we may be unable to do so on
satisfactory terms within our anticipated timeframe or at all, and even after reaching a definitive agreement to sell a business
the sale is typically subject to satisfaction of pre-closing conditions which may not become satisfied. In addition, divestitures
may dilute the Company's earnings per share, have other adverse accounting impacts and distract management, and disputes
may arise with buyers. In addition, we have retained responsibility for and/or have agreed to indemnify buyers against some
known and unknown contingent liabilities related to a number of businesses we have sold. The resolution of these
contingencies has not had a material effect on our financial statements but we cannot be certain that this favorable pattern will
continue.
Certain of our businesses are subject to extensive regulation by the U.S. FDA and by comparable agencies of other
countries, as well as laws regulating fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry and the privacy and security of health
information. Failure to comply with those regulations could adversely affect our reputation and financial statements.
Certain of our products are medical devices and other products that are subject to regulation by the U.S. FDA, by comparable
agencies of other countries and regions and by regulations governing radioactive or other hazardous materials (or the
manufacture and sale of products containing such materials). We cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain regulatory
clearance or approvals (such as 510(k) clearance) for our new products or modifications to (or additional indications or uses of)
existing products within our anticipated timeframe or at all, and if we do obtain such clearance or approval it may be time-
consuming, costly and subject to restrictions. Our ability to obtain such regulatory clearances or approvals will depend on
many factors, for example our ability to obtain the necessary clinical trial results, and the process for obtaining such clearances
or approvals could change over time and may require the withdrawal of products from the market until such clearances are
obtained. Failure to obtain such regulatory clearances or approvals before marketing our products (or before implementing
modifications to or promoting additional indications or uses of our products), other violations of these regulations, efficacy or
safety concerns or trends of adverse events with respect to our products (even after obtaining clearance for distribution) and
unfavorable or inconsistent clinical data from existing or future clinical trials can lead to FDA Form 483 Inspectional
Observations, warning letters, notices to customers, declining sales, loss of customers, loss of market share, recalls, seizures of
adulterated or misbranded products, injunctions, administrative detentions, refusals to permit importations, partial or total
shutdown of production facilities or the implementation of operating restrictions, narrowing of permitted uses for a product,
suspension or withdrawal of approvals and pre-market notification rescissions. We are also subject to various laws regulating
(1) fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry, and (2) the privacy and security of health information, including the federal
regulations described in “Item 1 - Business - Regulatory Matters.” Many states and foreign countries have also adopted laws
and regulations similar to, and in some cases more stringent than, such federal regulations. For more information regarding
regulations we are subject to please see “Item 1 - Business - Regulatory Matters.”
Failure to comply with the regulations described above could result in the adverse effects referenced below under “Our
businesses are subject to extensive regulation; failure to comply with those regulations could adversely affect our financial
statements and reputation.” Compliance with these and other regulations may also require us to incur significant expenses.
441583.10K.pdf 20
3/17/14 9:15 AM
20
The healthcare industry and related industries that we serve have undergone, and are in the process of undergoing,
significant changes in an effort to reduce costs, which could adversely affect our financial statements.
The healthcare industry and related industries that we serve have undergone, and are in the process of undergoing, significant
changes in an effort to reduce costs, including the following:
• Many of our customers, and the end-users to whom our customers supply products, rely on government funding of and
reimbursement for healthcare products and services and research activities. The U.S. Patient Protection and
Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (collectively, the
“PPACA”), healthcare austerity measures in Europe and other potential healthcare reform changes and government
austerity measures may reduce the amount of government funding or reimbursement available to customers or end-
users of our products and services and/or the volume of medical procedures using our products and services. Global
economic uncertainty or deterioration can also adversely impact government funding and reimbursement.
• The PPACA imposes a 2.3% excise tax on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices offered for sale in
the U.S. as well as reporting and disclosure requirements on medical device manufacturers.
• Governmental and private healthcare providers and payors around the world are increasingly utilizing managed care
for the delivery of healthcare services, forming group purchasing organizations to improve their purchasing leverage
and using competitive bid processes to procure healthcare products and services.
These changes have increased our tax liabilities and may cause participants in the healthcare industry and related industries that
we serve to purchase fewer of our products and services, reduce the prices they are willing to pay for our products or services,
reduce the amounts of reimbursement and funding available for our products services from governmental agencies or third
party payors, reduce the volume of medical procedures that use our products and services and increase our compliance and
other costs. In addition, we may be unable to enter into contracts with group purchasing organizations and integrated health
networks on terms acceptable to us, and even if we do enter into such contracts they may be on terms that negatively affect our
current or future profitability. All of the factors described above could adversely affect our financial statements.
Our operations, products and services expose us to the risk of environmental, health and safety liabilities, costs and
violations that could adversely affect our reputation and financial statements.
Our operations, products and services are subject to environmental laws and regulations, which impose limitations on the
discharge of pollutants into the environment and establish standards for the use, generation, treatment, storage and disposal of
hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. We must also comply with various health and safety regulations in the U.S. and abroad
in connection with our operations. We cannot assure you that our environmental, health and safety compliance program has
been or will at all times be effective. Failure to comply with any of these laws could result in civil and criminal, monetary and
non-monetary penalties and damage to our reputation. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that our costs of complying
with current or future environmental protection and health and safety laws will not exceed our estimates or adversely affect our
financial statements.
In addition, we may incur costs related to remedial efforts or alleged environmental damage associated with past or current
waste disposal practices or other hazardous materials handling practices. We are also from time to time party to personal injury
or other claims brought by private parties alleging injury due to the presence of or exposure to hazardous substances. We may
also become subject to additional remedial, compliance or personal injury costs due to future events such as changes in existing
laws or regulations, changes in agency direction or enforcement policies, developments in remediation technologies, changes in
the conduct of our operations and changes in accounting rules. For additional information regarding these risks, please refer to
“Item 1. Business - Regulatory Matters.” We cannot assure you that our liabilities arising from past or future releases of, or
exposures to, hazardous substances will not exceed our estimates or adversely affect our reputation and financial statements or
that we will not be subject to additional claims for personal injury or remediation in the future based on our past, present or
future business activities. However, based on the information we currently have we do not believe that it is reasonably possible
that any amounts we may be required to pay in connection with environmental matters in excess of our reserves as of
December 31, 2013 will have a material effect on our financial statements.
441583.10K.pdf 21
3/17/14 9:15 AM
21
Our businesses are subject to extensive regulation; failure to comply with those regulations could adversely affect our
financial statements and reputation.
In addition to the environmental, health, safety, healthcare, medical device, anticorruption and other regulations noted above,
our businesses are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. and non-U.S. governmental and self-regulatory entities at the federal,
state, local and other jurisdictional levels, including the following:
• We are required to comply with various import laws and export control and economic sanctions laws, which may
affect our transactions with certain customers, business partners and other persons and dealings between our
employees and subsidiaries. In certain circumstances, export control and economic sanctions regulations may prohibit
the export of certain products, services and technologies. In other circumstances, we may be required to obtain an
export license before exporting the controlled item. Compliance with the various import laws that apply to our
businesses can restrict our access to, and increase the cost of obtaining, certain products and at times can interrupt our
supply of imported inventory.
• We also have agreements to sell products and services to government entities and are subject to various statutes and
regulations that apply to companies doing business with government entities. The laws governing government
contracts differ from the laws governing private contracts. For example, many government contracts contain pricing
and other terms and conditions that are not applicable to private contracts. Our agreements with government entities
may be subject to termination, reduction or modification at the convenience of the government or in the event of
changes in government requirements, reductions in federal spending and other factors, and we may underestimate our
costs of performing under the contract. Government contracts that have been awarded to us following a bid process
could become the subject of a bid protest by a losing bidder, which could result in loss of the contract. We are also
subject to investigation and audit for compliance with the requirements governing government contracts.
These are not the only regulations that our businesses must comply with. The regulations we are subject to have tended to
become more stringent over time and may be inconsistent across jurisdictions. We, our representatives and the industries in
which we operate may at times be under review and/or investigation by regulatory authorities. Failure to comply with the
regulations referenced above or any other regulations could result in civil and criminal, monetary and non-monetary penalties,
and any such failure (or becoming subject to a regulatory enforcement investigation) could also damage to our reputation,
disrupt our business, limit our ability to manufacture, import, export and sell products and services, result in loss of customers
and disbarment from selling to certain federal agencies and cause us to incur significant legal and investigatory fees.
Compliance with these and other regulations may also affect our returns on investment or require us to incur significant
expenses or modify our business model. Our products and operations are also often subject to the rules of industrial standards
bodies such as the International Standards Organization, and failure to comply with these rules could result in withdrawal of
certifications needed to sell our products and services and otherwise adversely impact our financial statements. For additional
information regarding these risks, please refer to “Item 1. Business - Regulatory Matters.”
We may be required to recognize impairment charges for our goodwill and other intangible assets.
As of December 31, 2013, the net carrying value of our goodwill and other intangible assets totaled approximately $22.3
billion. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, we periodically assess these assets to determine if they
are impaired. Significant negative industry or economic trends, disruptions to our business, inability to effectively integrate
acquired businesses, unexpected significant changes or planned changes in use of the assets, divestitures and market
capitalization declines may impair our goodwill and other intangible assets. Any charges relating to such impairments would
adversely affect our results of operations in the periods recognized.
Foreign currency exchange rates may adversely affect our financial statements.
Sales and purchases in currencies other than the U.S. dollar expose us to fluctuations in foreign currencies relative to the U.S.
dollar and may adversely affect our financial statements. Increased strength of the U.S. dollar will increase the effective price
of our products sold in U.S. dollars into other countries, which may require us to lower our prices or adversely affect sales to
the extent we do not increase local currency prices. Decreased strength of the U.S. dollar could adversely affect the cost of
materials, products and services we purchase overseas. Sales and expenses of our non-U.S. businesses are also translated into
U.S. dollars for reporting purposes and the strengthening or weakening of the U.S. dollar could result in unfavorable translation
effects. In addition, certain of our businesses may invoice customers in a currency other than the business' functional currency,
and movements in the invoiced currency relative to the functional currency could also result in unfavorable translation effects.
The Company also faces exchange rate risk from its investments in subsidiaries owned and operated in foreign countries.
22
441583.10K.pdf 22
3/17/14 9:15 AM
Changes in our tax rates or exposure to additional income tax liabilities or assessments could affect our profitability. In
addition, audits by tax authorities could result in additional tax payments for prior periods.
We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and in various non-U.S. jurisdictions. Please see the MD&A for a discussion of the
factors that may adversely affect our effective tax rate and decrease our profitability in any period. The impact of these factors
may be substantially different from period to period. In addition, the amount of income taxes we pay is subject to ongoing
audits by U.S. federal, state and local tax authorities and by non-U.S. tax authorities, such as the audits described in the MD&A
and the Company's financial statements. Due to the potential for changes to tax laws (or the interpretation thereof) and the
ambiguity of tax laws, the subjectivity of factual interpretations, the complexity of our intercompany arrangements and other
factors, our estimates of income tax liabilities may differ from actual payments or assessments. If these audits result in
payments or assessments different from our reserves, our future results may include unfavorable adjustments to our tax
liabilities and our financial statements could be adversely affected. If we determine to repatriate earnings from foreign
jurisdictions that have been considered permanently re-invested under existing accounting standards, it could also increase our
effective tax rate. In addition, any significant change to the tax system in the U.S. or in other jurisdictions, including changes
in the taxation of international income, could adversely affect our financial statements.
We are subject to a variety of litigation and other legal and regulatory proceedings in the course of our business that could
adversely affect our financial statements.
We are subject to a variety of litigation and other legal and regulatory proceedings incidental to our business (or the business
operations of previously owned entities), including claims for damages arising out of the use of products or services and claims
relating to intellectual property matters, employment matters, tax matters, commercial disputes, competition and sales and
trading practices, environmental matters, personal injury, insurance coverage and acquisition or divestiture-related matters.
These lawsuits may include claims for compensatory damages, punitive and consequential damages and/or injunctive relief.
The defense of these lawsuits may divert our management's attention, we may incur significant expenses in defending these
lawsuits, and we may be required to pay damage awards or settlements or become subject to equitable remedies that could
adversely affect our operations and financial statements. Moreover, any insurance or indemnification rights that we may have
may be insufficient or unavailable to protect us against such losses. In addition, developments in proceedings in any given
period may require us to adjust the loss contingency estimates that we have recorded in our financial statements, record
estimates for liabilities or assets previously not susceptible of reasonable estimates or pay cash settlements or judgments. Any
of these developments could adversely affect our financial statements in any particular period. We cannot assure you that our
liabilities in connection with litigation and other legal and regulatory proceedings will not exceed our estimates or adversely
affect our financial statements and reputation. However, based on our experience, current information and applicable law, we
do not believe that it is reasonably possible that any amounts we may be required to pay in connection with litigation and other
legal and regulatory proceedings in excess of our reserves as of December 31, 2013 will have a material effect on our financial
statements.
If we do not or cannot adequately protect our intellectual property, or if third parties infringe our intellectual property
rights, we may suffer competitive injury or expend significant resources enforcing our rights.
We own numerous patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property and licenses to intellectual
property owned by others, which in aggregate are important to our business. The intellectual property rights that we obtain,
however, may not be sufficiently broad or otherwise may not provide us a significant competitive advantage, and patents may
not be issued for pending or future patent applications owned by or licensed to us. In addition, the steps that we and our
licensors have taken to maintain and protect our intellectual property may not prevent it from being challenged, invalidated,
circumvented or designed-around, particularly in countries where intellectual property rights are not highly developed or
protected. In some circumstances, enforcement may not be available to us because an infringer has a dominant intellectual
property position or for other business reasons, or countries may require compulsory licensing of our intellectual property. We
also rely on nondisclosure and noncompetition agreements with employees, consultants and other parties to protect, in part,
trade secrets and other proprietary rights. There can be no assurance that these agreements will adequately protect our trade
secrets and other proprietary rights and will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any breach, that others
will not independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information or that third parties will not otherwise gain
access to our trade secrets or other proprietary rights. Our failure to obtain or maintain intellectual property rights that convey
competitive advantage, adequately protect our intellectual property or detect or prevent circumvention or unauthorized use of
such property and the cost of enforcing our intellectual property rights could adversely impact our competitive position and
financial statements.
441583.10K.pdf 23
3/17/14 9:15 AM
23
Third parties may claim that we are infringing or misappropriating their intellectual property rights and we could suffer
significant litigation expenses, losses or licensing expenses or be prevented from selling products or services.
From time to time, we receive notices from third parties alleging intellectual property infringement or misappropriation. Any
dispute or litigation regarding intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming due to the complexity of many of our
technologies and the uncertainty of intellectual property litigation. Our intellectual property portfolio may not be useful in
asserting a counterclaim, or negotiating a license, in response to a claim of infringement or misappropriation. In addition, as a
result of such claims of infringement or misappropriation, we could lose our rights to critical technology, be unable to license
critical technology or sell critical products and services, be required to pay substantial damages or license fees with respect to
the infringed rights or be required to redesign our products at substantial cost, any of which could adversely impact our
competitive position and financial statements. Even if we successfully defend against claims of infringement or
misappropriation, we may incur significant costs and diversion of management attention and resources, which could adversely
affect our financial statements.
Defects and unanticipated use or inadequate disclosure with respect to our products (including software) or services could
adversely affect our business, reputation and financial statements.
Manufacturing or design defects or "bugs" in, unanticipated use of, safety or quality issues with respect to, or inadequate
disclosure of risks relating to the use of products (including software) and services that we make or sell (including products,
components or software that we source from third parties) can lead to personal injury, death, property damage or other liability.
These events could lead to recalls or safety alerts, result in the removal of a product or service from the market and result in
product liability or similar claims being brought against us. Recalls, removals and product liability and similar claims can
result in significant costs, as well as negative publicity and damage to our reputation that could reduce demand for our products
and services.
The manufacture of many of our products is a highly exacting and complex process, and if we directly or indirectly
encounter problems manufacturing products, our reputation, business and financial statements could suffer.
The manufacture of many of our products is a highly exacting and complex process, due in part to strict regulatory
requirements. Problems may arise during manufacturing for a variety of reasons, including equipment malfunction, failure to
follow specific protocols and procedures, problems with raw materials, natural disasters and environmental factors, and if not
discovered before the product is released to market could result in recalls and product liability exposure. Because of the time
required to approve and license certain regulated manufacturing facilities, an alternative manufacturer may not be available on
a timely basis to replace such production capacity. Any of these manufacturing problems could result in significant costs and
liability, as well as negative publicity and damage to our reputation that could reduce demand for our products.
Our indebtedness may limit our operations and our use of our cash flow, and any failure to comply with the covenants that
apply to our indebtedness could adversely affect our liquidity and financial statements.
As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $3.5 billion in outstanding indebtedness. In addition, based on the
availability under our credit facilities as of December 31, 2013, we had the ability to incur an additional $2.1 billion of
indebtedness in direct borrowings or under our outstanding commercial paper facilities. Our debt level and related debt service
obligations can have negative consequences, including (1) requiring us to dedicate significant cash flow from operations to the
payment of principal and interest on our debt, which reduces the funds we have available for other purposes such as
acquisitions and capital investment; (2) reducing our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business and
market conditions; and (3) exposing us to interest rate risk since a portion of our debt obligations are at variable rates. We may
incur significantly more debt in the future, particularly to finance acquisitions.
Our current revolving credit facility and long-term debt obligations also impose certain restrictions on us; for more information
please refer to the MD&A. If we breach any of these restrictions and do not obtain a waiver from the lenders, subject to
applicable cure periods the outstanding indebtedness (and any other indebtedness with cross-default provisions) could be
declared immediately due and payable, which would adversely affect our liquidity and financial statements. In addition, any
failure to maintain the credit ratings assigned to us by independent rating agencies would adversely affect our cost of funds and
could adversely affect our liquidity and access to the capital markets. If we add new debt, the risks described above could
increase.
441583.10K.pdf 24
3/17/14 9:15 AM
24
Adverse changes in our relationships with, or the financial condition, performance, purchasing patterns or inventory levels
of, key distributors and other channel partners could adversely affect our financial statements.
Certain of our businesses sell a significant amount of their products to key distributors and other channel partners that have
valuable relationships with customers and end-users. Some of these distributors and other partners also sell our competitors'
products or compete with us directly, and if they favor competing products for any reason they may fail to market our products
effectively. Adverse changes in our relationships with these distributors and other partners, or adverse developments in their
financial condition, performance or purchasing patterns, could adversely affect our financial statements. The levels of
inventory maintained by our distributors and other channel partners, and changes in those levels, can also significantly impact
our results of operations in any given period. In addition, the consolidation of distributors and customers in certain of our
served industries could adversely impact our profitability.
Our financial results are subject to fluctuations in the cost and availability of commodities that we use in our operations.
As discussed in “Item 1. Business - Materials,” our manufacturing and other operations employ a wide variety of components,
raw materials and other commodities. Prices for and availability of these components, raw materials and other commodities
have fluctuated significantly in the past. Any sustained interruption in the supply of these items could adversely affect our
business. In addition, due to the highly competitive nature of the industries that we serve, the cost-containment efforts of our
customers and the terms of certain contracts we are party to, if commodity prices rise we may be unable to pass along cost
increases through higher prices. If we are unable to fully recover higher commodity costs through price increases or offset
these increases through cost reductions, or if there is a time delay between the increase in costs and our ability to recover or
offset these costs, we could experience lower margins and profitability and our financial statements could be adversely affected.
In addition, the 2012 rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission requiring public companies to disclose
sourcing and other information regarding specified minerals (“conflict minerals”) may adversely affect the availability and
pricing of certain of these minerals and increase our compliance costs.
If we cannot adjust our manufacturing capacity or the purchases required for our manufacturing activities to reflect
changes in market conditions and customer demand, our profitability may suffer. In addition, our reliance upon sole or
limited sources of supply for certain materials, components and services could cause production interruptions, delays and
inefficiencies.
We purchase materials, components and equipment from third parties for use in our manufacturing operations. Our income
could be adversely impacted if we are unable to adjust our purchases to reflect changes in customer demand and market
fluctuations, including those caused by seasonality or cyclicality. During a market upturn, suppliers may extend lead times,
limit supplies or increase prices. If we cannot purchase sufficient products at competitive prices and quality and on a timely
enough basis to meet increasing demand, we may not be able to satisfy market demand, product shipments may be delayed, our
costs may increase or we may breach our contractual commitments and incur liabilities. Conversely, in order to secure supplies
for the production of products, we sometimes enter into non-cancelable purchase commitments with vendors, which could
impact our ability to adjust our inventory to reflect declining market demands. If demand for our products is less than we
expect, we may experience additional excess and obsolete inventories and be forced to incur additional charges and our
profitability may suffer.
In addition, some of our businesses purchase certain requirements from sole or limited source suppliers (including freight
carriers) for reasons of quality assurance, cost effectiveness, availability or uniqueness of design. If these or other suppliers
encounter financial, operating or other difficulties or if our relationship with them changes, we might not be able to quickly
establish or qualify replacement sources of supply. The supply chains for our businesses could also be disrupted by supplier
capacity constraints, decreased availability of key raw materials or commodities and external events such as natural disasters,
pandemic health issues, terrorist actions, governmental actions and legislative or regulatory changes. Any of these factors
could result in production interruptions, delays, extended lead times and inefficiencies.
Because we cannot always immediately adapt our production capacity and related cost structures to changing market
conditions, our manufacturing capacity may at times exceed or fall short of our production requirements. Any or all of these
problems could result in the loss of customers, provide an opportunity for competing products to gain market acceptance and
otherwise adversely affect our profitability.
Changes in governmental regulations may reduce demand for our products or services or increase our expenses.
We compete in markets in which we or our customers must comply with federal, state, local and foreign regulations, such as
regulations governing health and safety, the environment, food and drugs, privacy and electronic communications. We develop,
configure and market our products and services to meet customer needs created by these regulations. These regulations are
complex, change frequently, have tended to become more stringent over time and may be inconsistent across jurisdictions. Any
25
441583.10K.pdf 25
3/17/14 9:15 AM
significant change in any of these regulations could reduce demand for, increase our costs of producing or delay the
introduction of new or modified products and services. In addition, in certain of our markets our growth depends in part upon
the introduction of new regulations. In these markets, the delay or failure of governmental and other entities to adopt or
enforce new regulations, or the adoption of new regulations which our products and services are not positioned to address,
could adversely affect demand. In addition, regulatory deadlines may result in substantially different levels of demand for our
products and services from period to period.
Work stoppages, union and works council campaigns and other labor disputes could adversely impact our productivity and
results of operations.
We have a number of U.S. collective bargaining units and various non-U.S. collective labor arrangements. We are subject to
potential work stoppages, union and works council campaigns and other labor disputes, any of which could adversely impact
our productivity, results of operations and reputation.
International economic, political, legal, compliance and business factors could negatively affect our financial statements.
In 2013, approximately 58% of our sales were derived from customers outside the U.S. In addition, many of our
manufacturing operations, suppliers and employees are located outside the U.S. Since our growth strategy depends in part on
our ability to further penetrate markets outside the U.S. and increase the localization of our products and services, we expect to
continue to increase our sales and presence outside the U.S., particularly in the high-growth markets. Our international
business (and particularly our business in high-growth markets) is subject to risks that are customarily encountered in non-U.S.
operations, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
interruption in the transportation of materials to us and finished goods to our customers;
differences in terms of sale, including payment terms;
local product preferences and product requirements;
changes in a country's or region's political or economic conditions (including safety and health issues and actual or
anticipated default on sovereign debt);
trade protection measures and import or export restrictions and requirements;
unexpected changes in laws or regulatory requirements, including negative changes in tax laws;
limitations on ownership and on repatriation of earnings and cash;
the potential for nationalization of enterprises;
changes in medical reimbursement policies and programs;
limitations on legal rights and our ability to enforce such rights;
difficulty in staffing and managing widespread operations;
differing labor regulations;
difficulties in implementing restructuring actions on a timely or comprehensive basis; and
differing protection of intellectual property.
Any of these risks could negatively affect our financial statements and growth.
If we suffer loss to our facilities, supply chains, distribution systems or information technology systems due to catastrophe
or other events, our operations could be seriously harmed.
Our facilities, supply chains, distribution systems and information technology systems are subject to catastrophic loss due to
fire, flood, earthquake, hurricane, public health crisis, terrorism or other natural or man-made disasters. If any of these
facilities, supply chains or systems were to experience a catastrophic loss, it could disrupt our operations, delay production and
shipments, result in defective products or services, damage customer relationships and our reputation and result in legal
exposure and large repair or replacement expenses. The third party insurance coverage that we maintain will vary from time to
time in both type and amount depending on cost, availability and our decisions regarding risk retention, and may be unavailable
or insufficient to protect us against losses.
26
441583.10K.pdf 26
3/17/14 9:15 AM
A significant disruption in, or breach in security of, our information technology systems could adversely affect our business.
We rely on information technology systems, some of which are managed by third parties, to process, transmit and store
electronic information (including sensitive data such as confidential business information and personally identifiable data
relating to employees, customers and other business partners), and to manage or support a variety of critical business processes
and activities. These systems may be damaged, disrupted or shut down due to attacks by computer hackers, computer viruses,
employee error or malfeasance, power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication or utility failures, catastrophes or other
unforeseen events, and in any such circumstances our system redundancy and other disaster recovery planning may be
ineffective or inadequate. In addition, security breaches of our systems (or the systems of our customers, suppliers or other
business partners) could result in the misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information or personal data
belonging to us or to our employees, partners, customers or suppliers. Like many multinational corporations, our information
technology systems have been subject to computer viruses, malicious codes, unauthorized access and other cyber-attacks and
we expect to be subject to similar attacks in the future as such attacks become more sophisticated and frequent. Any of the
attacks, breaches or other disruptions or damage described above could interrupt our operations, delay production and
shipments, result in theft of our and our customers' intellectual property and trade secrets, damage customer and business
partner relationships and our reputation or result in defective products or services, legal claims and proceedings, liability and
penalties under privacy laws and increased costs for security and remediation, each of which could adversely affect our
business and financial statements.
Our defined benefit pension plans are subject to financial market risks that could adversely affect our financial statements.
The performance of the financial markets and interest rates impact our defined benefit pension plan expenses and funding
obligations. Significant changes in market interest rates, decreases in the fair value of plan assets, investment losses on plan
assets and changes in discount rates may increase our funding obligations and adversely impact our financial statements. In
addition, upward pressure on the cost of providing healthcare coverage to current employees and retirees may increase our
future funding obligations and adversely affect our financial statements.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Not applicable.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our corporate headquarters are located in Washington, D.C. in a facility that we lease. As of December 31, 2013, we had
facilities in over 50 countries, including approximately 254 significant manufacturing and distribution facilities. 131 of these
facilities are located in the United States in over 25 states and 123 are located outside the United States in over 30 other
countries, primarily in Europe and to a lesser extent in Asia, the rest of North America, South America and Australia. These
facilities cover approximately 23.7 million square feet, of which approximately 13.5 million square feet are owned and
approximately 10.2 million square feet are leased. Particularly outside the United States, facilities often serve more than one
business segment and may be used for multiple purposes, such as administration, sales, manufacturing, warehousing and/or
distribution. The number of significant facilities by business segment is:
• Test & Measurement, 40;
• Environmental, 45;
• Life Sciences & Diagnostics, 79;
• Dental, 31; and
•
Industrial Technologies, 59.
We consider our facilities suitable and adequate for the purposes for which they are used and do not anticipate difficulty in
renewing existing leases as they expire or in finding alternative facilities. We believe our properties and equipment have been
well-maintained. Please refer to Note 16 in the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report for
additional information with respect to our lease commitments.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Not applicable.
27
441583.10K.pdf 27
3/17/14 9:15 AM
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
Set forth below are the names, ages, positions and experience of our executive officers as of February 10, 2014. All of our
executive officers hold office at the pleasure of our Board of Directors. Unless otherwise stated, the positions indicated are
Danaher positions.
Name
Age
Position
Officer Since
Steven M. Rales
Mitchell P. Rales
H. Lawrence Culp, Jr.
Daniel L. Comas
William K. Daniel II
Thomas P. Joyce, Jr.
James A. Lico
James H. Ditkoff
Jonathan P. Graham
Angela S. Lalor
Robert S. Lutz
Daniel A. Raskas
62
57
50
50
49
53
48
67
53
48
56
47
Chairman of the Board
Chairman of the Executive Committee
Chief Executive Officer and President
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Executive Vice President
Executive Vice President
Executive Vice President
Senior Vice President – Finance and Tax
Senior Vice President – General Counsel
Senior Vice President – Human Resources
Senior Vice President – Chief Accounting Officer
Senior Vice President – Corporate Development
1984
1984
1995
1996
2006
2002
2002
1991
2006
2012
2002
2004
Steven M. Rales is a co-founder of Danaher and has served on Danaher’s Board of Directors since 1983, serving as Danaher’s
Chairman of the Board since 1984. He was also CEO of the Company from 1984 to 1990. In addition, for more than the past
five years he has been a principal in a private business entity in the area of film production. Mr. Rales is a brother of Mitchell
P. Rales.
Mitchell P. Rales is a co-founder of Danaher and has served on Danaher’s Board of Directors since 1983, serving as Chairman
of the Executive Committee of Danaher since 1984. He was also President of the Company from 1984 to 1990. In addition,
for more than the past five years he has been a principal in private and public business entities in the manufacturing area.
Mr. Rales is also a member of the board of directors of Colfax Corporation, and is a brother of Steven M. Rales.
H. Lawrence Culp, Jr. has served on Danaher’s Board of Directors and as Danaher’s President and Chief Executive Officer
since May 2001.
Daniel L. Comas has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since 2005.
William K. Daniel II has served as Executive Vice President since 2008.
Thomas P. Joyce, Jr. has served as Executive Vice President since 2006.
James A. Lico has served as Executive Vice President since 2005.
James H. Ditkoff has served as Senior Vice President - Finance and Tax since 2002.
Jonathan P. Graham has served as Senior Vice President - General Counsel since 2006.
Angela S. Lalor has served as Senior Vice President - Human Resources since April 2012. Prior to joining Danaher,
Ms. Lalor served for twenty-two years in a series of progressively more responsible positions in the human resources
department of 3M Company, a global manufacturing company, including most recently as Senior Vice President, Human
Resources.
Robert S. Lutz served as Vice President - Chief Accounting Officer from March 2003 to February 2010 and has served as
Senior Vice President - Chief Accounting Officer since February 2010.
Daniel A. Raskas joined Danaher as Vice President - Corporate Development in November 2004 and has served as Senior Vice
President - Corporate Development since February 2010.
28
441583.10K.pdf 28
3/17/14 9:15 AM
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol DHR. As of February 10, 2014, there were
approximately 3,486 holders of record of our common stock. The high and low common stock prices per share as reported on
the New York Stock Exchange, and the dividends paid per share, in each case for the periods described below, were as follows:
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter
High
62.90
64.80
70.94
77.39
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2013
Low
Dividends
Per Share
High
2012
Low
Dividends
Per Share
56.17
57.61
63.16
66.83
$
$
$
$
— (1) $
0.025
0.025
0.025
$
$
$
55.92
55.99
55.61
56.80
$
$
$
$
48.24
49.75
49.48
51.39
$
$
$
$
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.050
(1) The Company made no cash payments for dividends during the first quarter of 2013 because the Company's Board had determined to
accelerate the quarterly dividend payment that normally would have been paid in January 2013 and paid it in December 2012.
Our payment of dividends in the future will be determined by our Board of Directors and will depend on business conditions,
our earnings and other factors. In February 2014, our Board of Directors increased Danaher's quarterly dividend by declaring a
dividend of $0.10 per share payable on April 25, 2014 to shareholders of record on March 28, 2014.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Neither the Company nor any “affiliated purchaser” repurchased any shares of Company common stock during 2013. On July
16, 2013, the Company's Board of Directors approved a repurchase program (the “2013 Repurchase Program”) authorizing the
repurchase of up to 20 million shares of the Company's common stock from time to time on the open market or in privately
negotiated transactions. The 2013 Repurchase Program replaced the repurchase program approved by the Company's Board of
Directors in May 2010 (the “2010 Repurchase Program”). There is no expiration date for the 2013 Repurchase Program, and
the timing and amount of any shares repurchased under the program will be determined by the Company's management based
on its evaluation of market conditions and other factors. The 2013 Repurchase Program may be suspended or discontinued at
any time. Any repurchased shares will be available for use in connection with the Company's equity compensation plans (or
any successor plan) and for other corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2013, 20 million shares remained available for
repurchase pursuant to the 2013 Repurchase Program.
Recent Issuances of Unregistered Securities
During the fourth quarter of 2013, holders of certain of the Company’s Liquid Yield Option Notes due 2021 (“LYONs”)
converted such LYONs into an aggregate of 215,408 shares of Danaher common stock, par value $0.01 per share. In each case,
the shares of common stock were issued solely to existing security holders upon conversion of the LYONs pursuant to the
exemption from registration provided under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Stock Split
On May 11, 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a two-for-one stock split (effected in the form of a dividend by
issuing one additional share of common stock for each issued share of common stock) which was paid on June 10, 2010 to
stockholders of record at the close of business on May 25, 2010. All prior period share and per share amounts set forth in this
report, including earnings per share, dividends per share and the weighted average number of shares outstanding for basic and
diluted earnings per share for each respective period, have been adjusted to reflect the stock split.
441583.10K.pdf 29
3/17/14 9:15 AM
29
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
($ in millions, except per share information)
Sales
Operating profit
Net earnings from continuing
operations
Earnings from discontinued
operations, net of income
taxes
Net earnings
Net earnings per share from
continuing operations:
Basic
Diluted
Net earnings per share from
discontinued operations:
Basic
Diluted
Net earnings per share:
Basic
Diluted
Dividends declared per share
Total assets
Total debt
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
$
19,118.0
$
18,260.4
$
16,090.5
$
12,550.0
$
10,516.7
3,274.9
3,165.1
2,617.2
2,049.6
1,439.7
2,695.0 (a)
2,299.3
1,935.3
1,718.2 (d)
1,087.0
—
2,695.0 (a)
92.9 (b)
2,392.2 (b)
237.0 (c)
2,172.3 (c)
74.8
1,793.0 (d)
64.7
1,151.7
$
$
$
$
$
$
3.87 (a) $
3.80 (a)
3.32
3.23
$
2.86
$
2.77
2.63 (d) $
2.53 (d)
$
—
—
0.13 (b) $
0.13 (b)
0.35 (c) $
0.34 (c)
3.87 (a) $
3.80 (a)
0.10
$
3.45 (b) $
3.36 (b)
0.10
$
3.21 (c) $
3.11 (c)
0.09
$
0.11
$
0.11
2.74 (d) $
2.64 (d)
0.08
$
1.69
1.63
0.10
0.10
1.80 *
1.73
0.06
34,672.2
3,499.0
$
$
32,941.0
5,343.1
$
$
29,949.5
5,305.2
$
$
22,217.1
2,824.7
$
$
19,595.4
2,933.2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Includes $230 million ($144 million after-tax or $0.20 per diluted share) gain on sale of the Company’s investment in the Apex Tool
Group, LLC joint venture and $202 million ($125 million after-tax or $0.18 per diluted share) gain on sale of marketable equity
securities. Refer to Notes 4 and 14, respectively, of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
Includes $149 million ($94 million after-tax or $0.13 per diluted share) gain on sale of the Company’s Accu-Sort and Kollmorgen
Electro-Optical businesses. Refer to Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
Includes $328 million ($202 million after-tax or $0.29 per diluted share) gain on sale of the Company’s Pacific Scientific Aerospace
business. Refer to Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
Includes $291 million ($232 million after-tax or $0.34 per diluted share) gain on contribution of certain of the Company’s hand tools
businesses to the Apex Tool Group, LLC joint venture. Refer to Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for
additional information.
* Net earnings per share amount does not add due to rounding.
441583.10K.pdf 30
3/17/14 9:15 AM
30
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is designed to provide a
reader of Danaher’s financial statements with a narrative from the perspective of Company management. The Company’s
MD&A is divided into five sections:
• Overview
• Results of Operations
• Liquidity and Capital Resources
• Critical Accounting Estimates
• New Accounting Standards
OVERVIEW
General
Please see “Item 1. Business – General” for a discussion of Danaher’s objectives and methodologies for delivering shareholder
value. Danaher is a multinational corporation with global operations. During 2013, approximately 58% of Danaher’s sales
were derived from customers outside the United States. As a diversified, global business, Danaher’s operations are affected by
worldwide, regional and industry-specific economic and political factors. Danaher’s geographic and industry diversity, as well
as the range of its products and services, typically helps limit the impact of any one industry or the economy of any single
country on the consolidated operating results. Given the broad range of products manufactured, software and services provided
and geographies served, management does not use any indices other than general economic trends to predict the overall outlook
for the Company. The Company’s individual businesses monitor key competitors and customers, including to the extent
possible their sales, to gauge relative performance and the outlook for the future.
As a result of the Company’s geographic and industry diversity, the Company faces a variety of opportunities and challenges,
including rapid technological development (particularly with respect to computing, mobile connectivity, communications and
digitization) in most of the Company’s served markets, the expansion and evolution of opportunities in high-growth markets,
trends and costs associated with a global labor force, consolidation of the Company’s competitors and increasing regulation.
The Company operates in a highly competitive business environment in most markets, and the Company’s long-term growth
and profitability will depend in particular on its ability to expand its business in high-growth geographies and high-growth
market segments, identify, consummate and integrate appropriate acquisitions, develop innovative and differentiated new
products, services and software with higher gross profit margins, expand and improve the effectiveness of the Company’s sales
force, continue to reduce costs and improve operating efficiency and quality, and effectively address the demands of an
increasingly regulated environment. The Company is making significant investments, organically and through acquisitions, to
address the rapid pace of technological change in its served markets and to globalize its manufacturing, research and
development and customer-facing resources (particularly in high-growth markets) in order to be responsive to the Company’s
customers throughout the world and improve the efficiency of the Company’s operations.
Business Performance and Outlook
While differences exist among the Company’s businesses, on an overall basis, demand for the Company’s products, software
and services increased in 2013 compared to 2012 resulting in aggregate year-over-year sales growth from existing businesses.
In addition, the Company’s continued investments in sales growth initiatives and the other business-specific factors discussed
below contributed to year-over-year sales growth. Geographically, year-over-year sales growth rates from existing businesses
during 2013 were led primarily by the high-growth markets. Sales from existing businesses in high-growth markets grew at a
high-single digit rate in 2013 compared to 2012 and represented approximately 26% of the Company's total sales in 2013.
Sales from existing businesses in developed markets grew at a low-single digit rate compared to 2012 and were driven by
North America and Japan, which grew at low-single digit rates in 2013 partially offset by slight year-over-year contraction in
Western Europe. Western Europe did grow slightly in the second half of 2013 on a year-over-year basis. The Company
expects overall market conditions to remain challenging due to macro-economic uncertainties and monetary and fiscal policies
of countries where we do business. While individual businesses and end markets continue to experience volatility, the
Company expects sales from existing businesses to grow on a year-over-year basis during 2014 with sales growth returning to
the Industrial Technologies segment and the other segments growing at rates similar to those experienced in 2013.
31
441583.10K.pdf 31
3/17/14 9:15 AM
Restructuring Activities
In light of the continuing uncertainties in the macro-economic environment and consistent with the Company's approach of
positioning itself to provide superior products and services to its customers in a cost efficient manner, in July 2013 the
Company initiated actions to improve productivity and reduce costs in the Company's businesses. The actions, which were
substantially completed by December 31, 2013, resulted in pre-tax charges of over $100 million, the majority of which was
incurred in the fourth quarter of 2013. The charges, including both employee-related termination costs as well as other
termination and exit costs, are expected to result in savings of approximately $75 million in 2014 compared to 2013 expense
levels.
In addition, the Company incurred $123 million of costs associated with restructuring activities in 2012 which resulted in
savings of approximately $90 million in 2013 compared to 2012 expense levels.
Acquisitions
During 2013, the Company acquired fourteen businesses for total consideration of $957 million in cash, net of cash acquired.
The businesses acquired complement existing units of the Industrial Technologies, Life Sciences & Diagnostics, Environmental
and Test & Measurement segments. The aggregate annual sales of these fourteen businesses at the time of their respective
acquisitions, in each case based on the company’s revenues for its last completed fiscal year prior to the acquisition, were
approximately $300 million.
For a discussion of the Company’s 2012 and 2011 acquisition activity, refer to “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Investing
Activities”.
Sale of Investments
During 2010, the Company entered into a joint venture with Cooper Industries, plc (“Cooper”), combining certain of the
Company’s hand tool businesses with Cooper’s Tools business to form a new entity called Apex Tool Group, LLC (“Apex”). In
February 2013, the Company and Cooper sold Apex to an unrelated third party for approximately $1.6 billion. The Company
received $797 million from the sale, consisting of cash of $759 million (including $67 million of dividends received prior to
closing) and a note receivable of $38 million. The Company recognized an after-tax gain of $144 million or $0.20 per diluted
share in connection with this transaction. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had collected the majority of this note
receivable.
During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company sold approximately 5 million of the approximately 8 million shares of Align
Technology, Inc. ("Align") common stock that the Company received in 2009 as a result of a settlement between Align and
Ormco Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company received cash proceeds of $251 million from
the sale of these securities and recorded a pre-tax gain of $202 million ($125 million after-tax or $0.18 per diluted share).
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Consolidated sales for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased 4.5% compared to 2012. Sales from existing businesses
contributed 2.5% growth and sales from acquired businesses contributed 2.5% growth on a year-over-year basis. The impact of
currency translation reduced reported sales by 0.5% as the U.S. dollar was, on average, stronger against other major currencies
during 2013 as compared to exchange rate levels during 2012.
Consolidated sales for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased 13.5% compared to 2011. Sales from existing businesses
contributed 2.5% growth and sales from acquired businesses contributed 13.0% growth on a year-over-year basis. The impact
of currency translation reduced reported sales by 2.0% as the U.S. dollar was, on average, stronger against other major
currencies during 2012 as compared to exchange rate levels during 2011.
In this report, references to sales from existing businesses refers to sales from continuing operations calculated according to
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) but excluding (1) sales from acquired businesses and
(2) the impact of currency translation. References to sales or operating profit attributable to acquisitions or acquired businesses
refer to GAAP sales or operating profit, as applicable, from acquired businesses recorded prior to the first anniversary of the
acquisition less the impact from the divestiture of a product line, the sales from which (prior to the divestiture) were included in
sales from acquired businesses. The portion of revenue attributable to currency translation is calculated as the difference
between (a) the period-to-period change in revenue (excluding sales from acquired businesses) and (b) the period-to-period
change in revenue (excluding sales from acquired businesses) after applying current period foreign exchange rates to the prior
year period. Sales from existing businesses should be considered in addition to, and not as a replacement for or superior to,
sales, and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Management believes that
reporting the non-GAAP financial measure of sales from existing businesses provides useful information to investors by
32
441583.10K.pdf 32
3/17/14 9:15 AM
helping identify underlying growth trends in our business and facilitating easier comparisons of our revenue performance with
our performance in prior and future periods and to our peers. The Company excludes the effect of currency translation from
sales from existing businesses because currency translation is not under management’s control, is subject to volatility and can
obscure underlying business trends, and excludes the effect of acquisitions and related items because the nature, size and
number of such transactions can vary dramatically from period to period and between the Company and its peers and can also
obscure underlying business trends and make comparisons of long-term performance difficult. References to sales volume
refer to the impact of both price and unit sales.
Operating profit margins were 17.1% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 17.3% in 2012. The factors
discussed below impacted year-over-year operating profit margin comparisons.
2013 vs. 2012 operating profit margin comparisons were favorably impacted by:
• Higher 2013 sales volumes and incremental year-over-year cost savings associated with the restructuring actions and
continuing productivity improvement initiatives taken in 2012 and 2013, net of incremental year-over-year costs
associated with various product development, sales and marketing growth investments - 80 basis points
2013 vs. 2012 operating profit margin comparisons were unfavorably impacted by:
• The incremental net dilutive effect of acquired businesses in 2013 - 40 basis points
• The divestiture of the Apex joint venture in 2013. Prior to the sale, the Company had accounted for its investment in
Apex under the equity method - 40 basis points
• The fourth quarter 2013 impairment of intangible assets associated with a technology investment in the
communications business - 15 basis points
• A 2012 gain relating to the resolution of contingencies with respect to a prior disposition of assets - 5 basis points
Operating profit margins were 17.3% for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 16.3% in 2011. The factors
discussed below impacted year-over-year operating profit margin comparisons.
2012 vs. 2011 operating profit margin comparisons were favorably impacted by:
• Higher 2012 sales volumes and incremental year-over-year cost savings associated with the restructuring actions and
ongoing productivity improvement initiatives taken in 2011 and 2012, net of incremental year-over-year costs
associated with various sales, marketing and product development growth investments - 100 basis points
• Acquisition related charges recorded in 2011 associated with the Beckman Coulter acquisition, including transaction
costs deemed significant, change in control charges and fair value adjustments to acquisition related inventory and
deferred revenue balances - 100 basis points
• A 2012 gain relating to the resolution of contingencies with respect to a prior disposition of assets - 5 basis points
2012 vs. 2011 operating profit margin comparisons were unfavorably impacted by:
• The incremental net dilutive effect of acquired businesses in 2012 - 105 basis points
The Company deems acquisition-related transaction costs incurred in a given period to be significant (generally relating to the
Company’s larger acquisitions) if it determines that such costs exceed the range of acquisition-related transaction costs typical
for the Company in a given period.
Business Segments
The following table summarizes sales by business segment for each of the periods indicated ($ in millions):
Test & Measurement
Environmental
Life Sciences & Diagnostics
Dental
Industrial Technologies
Total
For the Year Ended December 31
2013
2012
2011
$
3,417.3
$
3,381.0
$
3,316.9
6,856.4
2,094.9
3,432.5
3,063.5
6,485.1
2,022.9
3,307.9
3,390.9
2,939.6
4,627.4
2,011.2
3,121.4
$
19,118.0
$
18,260.4
$
16,090.5
33
441583.10K.pdf 33
3/17/14 9:15 AM
TEST & MEASUREMENT
The Company’s Test & Measurement segment is a leading global provider of electronic measurement instruments, professional
test tools, thermal imaging and calibration equipment used in electrical, industrial, electronic and calibration applications.
Danaher offers test, measurement and monitoring products that are used in electronic design, manufacturing and advanced
technology development; network monitoring, management and optimization tools; and security solutions for communications
and enterprise networks. Customers for these products and services include manufacturers of electronic instruments; service,
installation and maintenance professionals; manufacturers who design, develop, manufacture and deploy network equipment;
and service providers who implement, maintain and manage communications networks and services. Also included in the
Test & Measurement segment are the Company’s mobile tool and wheel service businesses.
Test & Measurement Selected Financial Data ($ in millions)
Sales
Operating profit
Depreciation and amortization
Operating profit as a % of sales
Depreciation and amortization as a % of sales
Components of Sales Growth
Existing businesses
Acquisitions
Currency exchange rates
Total
2013 COMPARED TO 2012
For the Year Ended December 31
2013
2012
2011
$
3,417.3
$
3,381.0
$
3,390.9
669.5
135.1
19.6%
4.0%
701.2
132.3
20.7%
3.9%
751.2
126.6
22.2%
3.7%
2013 vs. 2012
2012 vs. 2011
1.5 %
— %
(0.5)%
1.0 %
(1.5)%
2.0 %
(1.0)%
(0.5)%
Price increases in the segment contributed 0.5% to sales growth on a year-over-year basis during 2013 as compared to 2012 and
are reflected as a component of the change in sales from existing businesses.
Sales in the segment's instrument businesses declined at a low-single digit rate during 2013 as compared to 2012, as lower
demand for thermography, calibration and electronic test products more than offset modest increases in demand for industrial
products. Decreased demand in the North American, European and Chinese end markets contributed to the decline in sales.
However, the Company did see demand stabilize during the second half of 2013 as compared to the first half of 2013,
particularly in Europe and North America.
Sales in the segment's communications businesses grew at a mid-single digit rate during 2013 compared to 2012 with robust
year-over-year increase in demand for network security and analysis solutions. Geographically, strong year-over-year demand
in the North America and Latin America regions was somewhat offset by declines in demand in Asia.
Operating profit margins declined 110 basis points during 2013 as compared to 2012. The favorable impacts of higher
operating profit margin communication business products comprising a higher percentage of sales in 2013 compared to 2012
and lower year-over-year costs for restructuring and productivity improvement initiatives were offset by lower year-over-year
instrument sales volumes and incremental year-over-year costs associated with various sales, marketing and product
development growth investments. In addition, 2013 vs. 2012 operating profit margin comparisons were unfavorably impacted
by:
• The fourth quarter 2013 impairment of intangible assets associated with a technology investment in the
communications business - 90 basis points
• The incremental net dilutive effect of acquired businesses in 2013 - 20 basis points
34
441583.10K.pdf 34
3/17/14 9:15 AM
2012 COMPARED TO 2011
Price increases in the segment contributed 0.5% to sales growth on a year-over-year basis during 2012 as compared to 2011 and
are reflected as a component of the change in sales from existing businesses.
Sales in the segment's instrument businesses declined at a high-single digit rate during 2012 as compared to 2011, as lower
demand for most product categories more than offset modest sales increases of service solutions. Instrument demand was weak
in all major geographies although the North American market showed improvement in the fourth quarter of 2012 compared to
the results reported during the first nine months of 2012. Europe and Japan continued to remain weak in the fourth quarter of
2012.
Sales in the segment's communications businesses grew at a high-single digit rate during 2012 compared to 2011 with strong
growth in North America and Western Europe in the first six months of 2012 moderating in the second half of 2012 due
primarily to project timing and difficult prior year comparisons. Demand for network management solutions and, to a lesser
extent, core network enterprise solutions drove the 2012 growth.
Operating profit margins declined 150 basis points during 2012 as compared to 2011. Year-over-year operating profit margin
comparisons were adversely impacted by 120 basis points as lower instrument sales volumes and incremental year-over-year
costs associated with various sales, marketing and product development growth investments more than offset the favorable
impacts of increased sales volumes of higher operating profit margin communication business products and incremental year-
over-year cost savings associated with ongoing productivity improvement initiatives, including the restructuring actions taken
in 2012 and 2011. The incremental net dilutive effect of acquired businesses adversely impacted year-over-year operating
profit margin comparisons by 30 basis points.
ENVIRONMENTAL
Danaher’s Environmental segment provides products that help protect the water supply and air quality by serving two primary
markets: water quality and retail/commercial petroleum. Danaher’s water quality business is a global leader in water quality
analysis and treatment, providing instrumentation and disinfection systems to help analyze and manage the quality of ultra pure
water, potable water, wastewater, groundwater and ocean water in residential, commercial, industrial and natural resource
applications. Danaher’s retail/commercial petroleum business is a leading worldwide provider of solutions and services
focused on fuel dispensing, remote fuel management, point-of-sale systems, payment systems, environmental compliance,
vehicle tracking and fleet management.
Environmental Selected Financial Data ($ in millions)
Sales
Operating profit
Depreciation and amortization
Operating profit as a % of sales
Depreciation and amortization as a % of sales
Components of Sales Growth
Existing businesses
Acquisitions
Currency exchange rates
Total
2013 COMPARED TO 2012
For the Year Ended December 31
2013
2012
2011
$
3,316.9
$
3,063.5
$
2,939.6
696.5
62.7
21.0%
1.9%
652.5
48.9
21.3%
1.6%
622.7
45.9
21.2%
1.6%
2013 vs. 2012
2012 vs. 2011
3.5 %
5.5 %
(0.5)%
8.5 %
3.5 %
2.5 %
(2.0)%
4.0 %
Price increases in the segment contributed 1.0% to sales growth on a year-over-year basis during 2013 as compared with 2012
and are reflected as a component of the change in sales from existing businesses.
35
441583.10K.pdf 35
3/17/14 9:15 AM
Sales from existing businesses in the segment’s water quality businesses grew at a mid-single digit rate during 2013 as
compared to 2012 primarily due to increased demand across most major geographies for analytical instruments and related
services and consumables. Sales from existing businesses in the business’ chemical treatment solutions product line also grew
on a year-over-year basis due primarily to continued sales force investments in the U.S. market, and to a lesser extent,
continued international expansion. Sales from existing businesses in the business' ultraviolet water disinfection product line
declined during 2013 due to continued weak demand in municipal end markets, primarily in North America and Western
Europe.
Sales from existing businesses in the segment's retail petroleum equipment businesses grew at a low-single digit rate during
2013 as compared to 2012. Demand for the businesses' dispenser and retail automation products was particularly strong in
Western Europe, Asia and the Middle East. On a year-over-year basis, the business experienced strong increase in demand for
its point-of-sale and payment systems and continued growth in demand for dispensers, which were partially offset by slight
declines in demand for services.
Operating profit margins declined 30 basis points during 2013 as compared to 2012. The factors discussed below impacted
year-over-year operating profit margin comparisons.
2013 vs. 2012 operating profit margin comparisons were favorably impacted by:
• Higher 2013 sales volumes and incremental year-over-year cost savings associated with the restructuring actions and
continuing productivity improvement initiatives taken in 2012 and 2013, net of incremental year-over-year costs
associated with various product development, sales and marketing growth investments - 70 basis points
2013 vs. 2012 operating profit margin comparisons were unfavorably impacted by:
• The incremental net dilutive effect of acquired businesses in 2013 - 100 basis points
2012 COMPARED TO 2011
Price increases in the segment contributed 1.5% to sales growth on a year-over-year basis during 2012 as compared with 2011
and are reflected as a component of the change in sales from existing businesses.
Sales from existing businesses in the segment’s water quality businesses grew at a low-single digit rate during 2012 compared
to 2011. Sales growth was driven by increased demand for the businesses' laboratory and process instruments, consumables
and related services primarily in the high-growth markets (other than China) and the North American industrial market. This
growth was partially moderated by flat year-over-year demand in China and Western Europe. Sales in the business' chemical
treatment solutions product line grew at a low-double digit rate on a year-over-year basis due primarily to the addition of new
customers in the U.S. market and to a lesser extent continued international expansion. Sales in the business' ultraviolet water
disinfection product line declined during the year due primarily to lower 2012 demand from municipal end markets.
Sales from existing businesses in the segment's retail petroleum equipment businesses grew at a mid-single digit rate during
2012 compared to 2011. Increased demand for the business' dispensing equipment and associated services in North America
were partially offset by contraction in Western Europe as demand for retail and payment systems declined from 2011's level.
Demand for most major product categories was strong in high-growth markets, especially Latin America, Russia and the
Middle East.
Operating profit margins increased 10 basis points during 2012 as compared to 2011. Year-over-year operating profit margin
comparisons benefited 70 basis points from the favorable impact of higher sales volumes and incremental year-over-year cost
savings associated with ongoing productivity improvement initiatives, including the restructuring actions taken in 2012 and
2011, offsetting incremental year-over-year costs associated with various sales, marketing and product development growth
investments. The incremental net dilutive effect of acquisitions adversely impacted year-over-year operating margin
comparisons by 60 basis points.
LIFE SCIENCES & DIAGNOSTICS
The Company’s diagnostics businesses offer a broad range of analytical instruments, reagents, consumables, software and
services that hospitals, physician’s offices, reference laboratories and other critical care settings use to diagnose disease and
make treatment decisions. The Company’s life sciences businesses offer a broad range of research and clinical tools that
scientists use to study cells and cell components to understand the causes of disease, identify new therapies and test new drugs
and vaccines.
36
441583.10K.pdf 36
3/17/14 9:15 AM
Life Sciences & Diagnostics Selected Financial Data ($ in millions)
Sales
Operating profit
Depreciation and amortization
Operating profit as a % of sales
Depreciation and amortization as a % of sales
Components of Sales Growth
Existing businesses
Acquisitions
Currency exchange rates
Total
2013 COMPARED TO 2012
$
For the Year Ended December 31
$
2013
6,856.4
1,009.8
517.3
14.7%
7.5%
$
2012
6,485.1
861.1
478.2
13.3%
7.4%
2011
4,627.4
402.3
297.2
8.7%
6.4%
2013 vs. 2012
2012 vs. 2011
4.0 %
3.0 %
(1.5)%
5.5 %
4.5 %
37.5 %
(2.0)%
40.0 %
Year-over-year price increases in the segment had a negligible impact on sales during 2013.
Sales from existing businesses in the segment's diagnostics businesses grew at a mid-single digit rate during 2013 as compared
to 2012 due to increased demand in the clinical, acute care and pathology diagnostic businesses. The clinical diagnostics
business experienced strong sales of consumables and automation hardware in high-growth markets, particularly China, that
more than offset slightly negative year-over-year sales performance in North America and Europe. Sales growth in the acute
care diagnostic business was due primarily to continued robust global consumables sales related to the business' growing
installed base of instrumentation, which is expected to continue to grow in 2014, as well as strong demand for compact blood
gas analyzers and cardiac care instruments. The year-over-year sales growth in the pathology diagnostics business was driven
by strong demand for advanced staining systems and consumables in North America, China and Japan and increased demand
for core histology instruments and consumables in North America and China.
Sales from existing businesses in the segment's life sciences businesses grew at a mid-single digit rate during 2013 as compared
to 2012 due primarily to strong demand for new product introductions across the life sciences businesses. Fourth quarter 2013
growth rates lagged full year growth rates due to comparisons to the same period in 2012 which benefited from new product
introductions. Sales of the business' broad range of mass spectrometers grew on a year-over-year basis as strong sales growth
in the applied and clinical research markets and the pharmaceutical market were partially offset by sales declines in the
academic research market. Geographically, year-over-year sales growth in the mass spectrometry business was strong in high-
growth markets and in the second half of 2013 the business also experienced strong demand in Europe and Japan. The
business' confocal microscopy, flow cytometry and sample preparation product lines also contributed to year-over-year growth,
principally from demand in high-growth markets.
Operating profit margins increased 140 basis points during 2013 as compared to 2012. The factors discussed below impacted
year-over-year operating profit margin comparisons.
2013 vs. 2012 operating profit margin comparisons were favorably impacted by:
• Higher 2013 sales volumes and incremental year-over-year cost savings associated with the restructuring actions and
continuing productivity improvement initiatives taken in 2012 and 2013, net of incremental year-over-year costs
associated with various product development, sales and marketing growth investments and the new U.S. medical
device excise tax that took effect in 2013 - 190 basis points
2013 vs. 2012 operating profit margin comparisons were unfavorably impacted by:
• The incremental net dilutive effect of acquired businesses in 2013 - 50 basis points
441583.10K.pdf 37
3/17/14 9:15 AM
37
2012 COMPARED TO 2011
Year-over-year price increases in the segment had a negligible impact on sales during 2012.
The significant growth related to acquisitions for 2012 was primarily attributable to the acquisition of Beckman Coulter in June
2011. Sales associated with acquisitions are presented net of the impact of the 2012 divestiture of certain Beckman Coulter
product lines, the sales from which (prior to the divestiture) were included in sales from acquired businesses. Given the
insignificance of these product line sales to the segment's results of operations, prior year information was not restated to reflect
these divestitures as discontinued operations.
Sales from existing businesses in the segment's diagnostics business grew at a mid-single digit rate during 2012 as compared to
2011 due to increased demand in the clinical, acute care and pathology diagnostic businesses. Strong sales of consumables and
automation hardware in the clinical diagnostic business in high-growth markets, especially China, more than offset weaker
year-over-year sales performance in North America and Europe. In the acute care diagnostic business, sales grew due to
continued strong global consumable sales related to the business' installed base of instrumentation as well as robust demand for
compact blood gas analyzers. Increased demand for the business' cardiac care instruments, particularly in China, also
contributed to year-over-year sales growth. Increased demand, primarily in North America and high-growth markets, for
advanced staining consumables, and to a lesser extent histology systems, drove the majority of year-over-year sales growth in
the pathology diagnostics business.
Sales from existing businesses in the segment's life sciences businesses grew at a low-single digit rate during 2012 as compared
to 2011. Sales of the business' broad range of mass spectrometers grew on a year-over-year basis as sales growth in the applied
and clinical research markets was partially offset by sales declines in the pharmaceutical and academic research markets. Sales
growth in the mass spectrometry business was strong in China and other high-growth markets. Sales of the business'
microscopy products also grew for the year in most major geographic markets due to strong demand for the business' recently
introduced confocal product offering.
Operating profit margins increased 460 basis points during 2012 as compared to 2011. Acquisition related charges associated
with the 2011 Beckman Coulter acquisition, including transaction costs deemed significant, change in control charges and fair
value adjustments to inventory and deferred revenue balances favorably impacted year-over-year operating profit margin
comparisons by 365 basis points. Higher sales volumes and incremental year-over-year cost savings associated with ongoing
productivity improvement initiatives, including the restructuring actions taken in 2012 and 2011, net of the impact of
incremental year-over-year costs associated with various sales, marketing and product development growth investments,
favorably impacted year-over-year comparisons by 200 basis points. The incremental net dilutive effect of acquisitions
adversely impacted segment operating profit margins by 105 basis points.
Depreciation and amortization as a percentage of sales increased during 2012 primarily as a result of the inclusion of twelve
months of Beckman Coulter's results in 2012 as compared to six months of Beckman Coulter's results in 2011.
DENTAL
The Company’s Dental segment is a leading worldwide provider of a broad range of dental consumables, equipment and
services that are used to diagnose, treat and prevent disease and ailments of the teeth, gums and supporting bone, and to
improve the aesthetics of the human smile. The Company is dedicated to driving technological innovations that help dental
professionals improve clinical outcomes and enhance productivity.
Dental Selected Financial Data ($ in millions)
Sales
Operating profit
Depreciation and amortization
Operating profit as a % of sales
Depreciation and amortization as a % of sales
For the Year Ended December 31
2013
2012
2011
$
2,094.9
$
2,022.9
$
2,011.2
304.9
83.3
14.6%
4.0%
293.1
92.4
14.5%
4.6%
236.1
94.0
11.7%
4.7%
441583.10K.pdf 38
3/17/14 9:15 AM
38
Components of Sales Growth
Existing businesses
Acquisitions
Currency exchange rates
Total
2013 COMPARED TO 2012
2013 vs. 2012
2012 vs. 2011
3.0 %
1.0 %
(0.5)%
3.5 %
3.5 %
0.5 %
(3.5)%
0.5 %
Price increases in the segment contributed 1.0% to sales growth on a year-over-year basis during 2013 as compared with 2012
and are reflected as a component of the change in sales from existing businesses.
Sales from existing businesses in the segment's dental consumables businesses grew at a low-single digit rate during 2013 as
compared to 2012, primarily due to increased sales of professional dental consumables and implant products. On a year-over-
year basis, sales of dental consumables were strong in North America (although North America contracted slightly in the fourth
quarter compared to the third quarter of 2013), China and other high-growth markets and contracted slightly in Western Europe.
In addition, sales from existing businesses in the segment's dental technologies businesses grew at a low-single digit rate on a
year-over-year basis primarily as a result of increased demand for imaging products and treatment units. Geographically,
increased sales in North America, China and certain other high-growth markets more than offset lower demand in Europe.
Operating profit margins increased 10 basis points during 2013 as compared to 2012. Year-over-year operating profit margin
comparisons were favorably impacted by:
• The incremental net accretive effect of acquired businesses in 2013 - 5 basis points
• Higher 2013 sales volumes and incremental year-over-year cost savings associated with the restructuring actions and
continuing productivity improvement initiatives taken in 2012 and 2013, net of incremental year-over-year costs
associated with various product development, sales and marketing growth investments and the new U.S. medical
device excise tax that took effect in 2013 - 5 basis points
2012 COMPARED TO 2011
Year-over-year price increases in the segment had a negligible impact on sales during 2012.
Sales from existing businesses in the segment's dental consumables businesses grew at a mid-single digit rate during 2012 as
compared to 2011, primarily as a result of increased sales of general dentistry consumables and orthodontic products. Sales of
dental consumables grew in all major geographies. Sales from existing businesses in the segment's dental technologies
businesses grew at a low-single digit rate on a year-over-year basis as a result of increased demand for treatment units and
associated equipment, primarily in high-growth markets, as well as higher year-over-year sales of imaging products. During
2012, sales increased in all major product categories on a year-over-year basis as increased demand in North America and high-
growth markets more than offset lower demand in Europe.
Operating profit margins increased 280 basis points during 2012 as compared to 2011. Higher operating profit margins from
additional sales volume in addition to incremental year-over-year cost savings associated with ongoing productivity
improvement initiatives including the restructuring actions taken in 2012 and 2011, net of incremental year-over-year costs
associated with various sales, marketing and product development growth investments, increased operating profit margins by
270 basis points on a year-over-year basis. In addition, net higher overall operating profit margins of acquired businesses
favorably impacted year-over-year comparisons by 10 basis points.
INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGIES
The Company’s Industrial Technologies segment is a leading global provider of equipment, consumables and software for
various printing, marking, coding, design and color management applications on consumer and industrial products. The
segment is also a leading global provider of electromechanical motion control solutions for the industrial automation and
packaging markets. In addition to the product identification and motion strategic lines of business, the segment also includes
Danaher's sensors and controls, energetic materials and engine retarder businesses. The Company sold its Accu-Sort ("ASI")
business in January 2012, its Kollmorgen Electro-Optical ("KEO") business in February 2012 and its Pacific Scientific
Aerospace ("PSA") business in April 2011. These businesses were previously reported as part of the Industrial Technologies
segment. The results of these discontinued operations are excluded from all periods presented in the financial information
provided in the tables below.
39
441583.10K.pdf 39
3/17/14 9:15 AM
Industrial Technologies Segment Selected Financial Data ($ in millions)
Sales
Operating profit
Depreciation and amortization
Operating profit as a % of sales
Depreciation and amortization as a % of sales
Components of Sales Growth
Existing businesses
Acquisitions
Currency exchange rates
Total
2013 COMPARED TO 2012
For the Year Ended December 31
2013
2012
2011
$
3,432.5
$
3,307.9
$
3,121.4
722.9
89.2
21.1%
2.6%
685.6
80.8
20.7%
2.4%
655.0
65.8
21.0%
2.1%
2013 vs. 2012
2012 vs. 2011
(0.5)%
3.5 %
0.5 %
3.5 %
1.5 %
6.5 %
(2.0)%
6.0 %
Price increases in the segment contributed 1.5% to sales growth on a year-over-year basis during 2013 and are reflected as a
component of the change in sales from existing businesses.
Sales from existing businesses in the segment's product identification businesses grew at a mid-single digit rate during 2013 as
compared to 2012. Continued increased demand for marking and coding equipment and related consumables as well as
packaging and color solutions in most end markets was partially offset by lower year-over-year demand in consumer
electronics related equipment. Sales grew on a year-over-year basis in most major geographies, particularly in North America
and Latin America.
Sales from existing businesses in the segment's motion businesses declined at a high-single digit rate during 2013 as compared
to 2012. Continued soft year-over-year demand in the majority of end markets served, particularly technology and defense
related end markets, and the impact of exiting certain low-margin OEM product lines, was partially offset by increased sales of
industrial automation products, primarily in North America. Geographically, year-over-year sales declines in Europe, China
and certain end markets in North America more than offset improving demand in certain high-growth markets. The Company
expects sales growth from existing businesses in the segment's motion businesses to remain negative in the first quarter of 2014
as the business continues to transition out of some low-margin businesses.
Sales from existing businesses in the segment's other businesses collectively grew at a low-single digit rate during 2013 as
compared to 2012. Strong year-over-year demand in the segment's energetic materials business was partially offset by lower
year-over-year demand in the segment's engine retarder business. Sales from existing businesses in the segment's sensors and
controls businesses were essentially flat on a year-over-year basis.
Operating profit margins increased 40 basis points during 2013 as compared to 2012. The factors discussed below impacted
year-over-year operating profit margin comparisons.
2013 vs. 2012 operating profit margin comparisons were favorably impacted by:
• Higher 2013 prices and incremental year-over-year cost savings associated with the restructuring actions and
continuing productivity improvement initiatives taken in 2012 and 2013, net of incremental year-over-year costs
associated with various product development, sales and marketing growth investments and the impact of lower 2013
unit sales - 80 basis points
2013 vs. 2012 operating profit margin comparisons were unfavorably impacted by:
• The incremental net dilutive effect of acquired businesses in 2013 - 40 basis points
441583.10K.pdf 40
3/17/14 9:15 AM
40
2012 COMPARED TO 2011
Price increases in the segment contributed 1.5% to sales growth on a year-over-year basis during 2012 and are reflected as a
component of the change in sales from existing businesses.
Sales from existing businesses in the segment's product identification businesses grew at a mid-single digit rate during 2012 as
compared to 2011, due primarily to continued demand for marking and coding equipment and related consumables, with strong
growth experienced in both Europe and China. Increased year-over-year demand for the business' integrated packaging
solutions product lines also contributed to the existing business' sales growth in the second half of 2012, with growth in most
major geographies and particular strength in North America.
Sales from existing businesses in the segment's motion businesses declined at a mid-single digit rate during 2012 as compared
to 2011 due to continued soft demand in the majority of end markets served, particularly technology and factory automation
related end markets. Both the industrial automation and engineered solutions product lines experienced year-over-year sales
declines. The businesses saw improved growth in the fourth quarter of 2012 in part due to easier year-over-year comparisons.
Sales from existing businesses in the segment's other businesses collectively grew at a low-single digit rate during 2012 as
compared to 2011. Sales in the segment's energetic materials business increased on a year-over-year basis, partially offset by
lower demand in the segment's sensors and controls and engine retarder businesses.
Operating profit margins declined 30 basis points during 2012 compared to 2011. The incremental net dilutive effect of
acquired businesses adversely impacted year-over-year operating profit margin comparisons by 105 basis points. Higher sales
volumes and incremental year-over-year cost savings associated with continuing productivity improvement initiatives,
including the restructuring actions taken in 2012 and 2011, net of incremental year-over-year costs associated with various
sales, marketing and product development growth investments, increased operating profit margins by 75 basis points on a year-
over-year basis.
COST OF SALES AND GROSS PROFIT
($ in millions)
Sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Gross profit margin
For the Year Ended December 31
2013
2012
2011
$
19,118.0
$
18,260.4
$
16,090.5
9,160.4
9,957.6
8,846.1
9,414.3
7,913.9
8,176.6
52.1%
51.6%
50.8%
Gross profit margins increased 50 basis points on a year-over-year basis for 2013 compared to 2012, due primarily to the
favorable impact of higher year-over-year sales volumes, the year-over-year decline in restructuring costs and continued
productivity improvements. In 2013, the U.S. imposed a 2.3% excise tax on the sale or importation of certain medical devices,
which affected various products in the Company's Life Sciences & Diagnostics and Dental segments. The excise tax increased
the Company's 2013 cost of sales as a percentage of revenue on a year-over-year basis by approximately 20 basis points. The
impact of the medical devices excise tax was partially mitigated by general price increases implemented during 2013.
Gross profit margins increased 80 basis points during 2012 as compared to 2011. Year-over-year gross profit margin
comparisons were favorably impacted by 70 basis points as a result of acquisition related charges recorded in 2011 associated
with fair value adjustments to acquired inventory and deferred revenue balances in connection with the acquisition of Beckman
Coulter in June 2011. In addition, year-over-year gross profit margin comparisons benefited from higher year-over-year sales
volumes, the year-over-year decline in restructuring costs and ongoing productivity improvements. The impact of a full twelve
months of Beckman Coulter results in 2012 (compared to only six months of Beckman Coulter results in 2011), partially offset
these positive factors as the Beckman Coulter business had lower gross profit margins on average than the Company's existing
businesses.
441583.10K.pdf 41
3/17/14 9:15 AM
41
OPERATING EXPENSES
($ in millions)
Sales
Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses
Research and development (“R&D”) expenses
SG&A as a % of sales
R&D as a % of sales
For the Year Ended December 31
2013
2012
2011
$
19,118.0
$
18,260.4
$
16,090.5
5,432.8
1,249.9
28.4%
6.5%
5,181.2
1,137.9
28.4%
6.2%
4,607.7
1,018.5
28.6%
6.3%
Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales remained flat from 2012 to 2013. The benefit of increased
leverage of the Company's cost base resulting from higher 2013 sales and the year-over-year decline in restructuring costs was
offset by incremental year-over-year increases in investments in sales and marketing growth initiatives. Year-over-year
comparisons were also adversely impacted by an impairment charge related to intangible assets associated with a
communications business' technology investment which increased selling, general and administrative expenses by 15 basis
points in 2013.
Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales declined 20 basis points on a year-over-year basis for
2012 compared to 2011. Increased leverage of the Company's cost base resulting from higher sales and the year-over-year
decline in restructuring costs were partially offset by incremental year-over-year investments in sales and marketing growth
investments. Year-over-year comparisons were also favorably impacted by a mark to market gain on a currency swap
arrangement in 2012 (refer to “Financial Instruments and Risk Management—Currency Exchange Rate Risk”). In addition,
change in control payments to Beckman Coulter employees in connection with the closing of the Beckman Coulter acquisition
in June 2011, as well as associated restructuring and integration charges, favorably impacted the year-over-year comparison.
Research and development expenses (consisting principally of internal and contract engineering personnel costs) as a
percentage of sales increased 30 basis points on a year-over-year basis in 2013 as compared to 2012. Incremental year-over-
year increases in investments in the Company's new product development initiatives were the primary contributors to this
increase. Research and development expenses as a percentage of sales were relatively consistent for 2012 as compared to 2011.
EARNINGS FROM UNCONSOLIDATED JOINT VENTURE
During 2010, the Company entered into a joint venture with Cooper, combining certain of the Company’s hand tool businesses
with Cooper’s Tools business to form a new entity called Apex. In February 2013, the Company and Cooper sold Apex to an
unrelated third party for approximately $1.6 billion. The Company received $797 million from the sale, consisting of cash of
$759 million (including $67 million of dividends received prior to closing) and a note receivable of $38 million. The Company
recognized a pre-tax gain of $230 million (after-tax gain of $144 million or $0.20 per diluted share) in connection with this
transaction. This gain is reflected as gain on sale of unconsolidated joint venture in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.
As of December 31, 2013, the Company had collected the majority of this note receivable.
The Company's share of the 2013 earnings generated by Apex prior to the closing of the sale was insignificant. The Company
recorded $70 million and $67 million of earnings for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, reflecting its
50% ownership position. Subsequent to the sale of its investment in Apex, the Company has no continuing involvement in
Apex's operations.
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company sold approximately 5 million of the approximately 8 million shares of Align
common stock that the Company received in 2009 as a result of a settlement between Align and Ormco Corporation, a wholly-
owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company received cash proceeds of $251 million from the sale of these securities and
recorded a pre-tax gain of $202 million ($125 million after-tax or $0.18 per diluted share). This gain is reflected as gain on sale
of marketable equity securities in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.
Refer to “—Earnings From Unconsolidated Joint Venture" above for information related to the $230 million gain on the sale of
Apex in 2013 and to “—Liquidity and Capital Resources – Beckman Coulter Indebtedness" below for information related to
the loss on the early extinguishment of debt in 2011.
42
441583.10K.pdf 42
3/17/14 9:15 AM
INTEREST COSTS
For a description of the Company’s outstanding indebtedness, refer to “—Liquidity and Capital Resources – Financing
Activities and Indebtedness” below.
Interest expense of $146 million for 2013 was $12 million lower than in 2012, due primarily to the repayment of the €500
million principal amount of Eurobond notes due 2013 (the "Eurobond Notes") and the $300 million principal amount of
floating rate unsecured senior notes due 2013 (the "2013 Notes") upon maturity in July and June 2013, respectively. The
Company's average commercial paper borrowings were also lower in 2013 as compared to 2012. Interest expense of $158
million in 2012 was $16 million higher than the 2011 interest expense of $142 million due primarily to the additional debt
incurred in connection with the Beckman Coulter acquisition. The Company's average commercial paper borrowings were also
higher in 2012 as compared to 2011, in large part due to borrowings used to partially fund the acquisition of Beckman Coulter.
Interest income was $6 million, $3 million and $5 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
INCOME TAXES
General
Income tax expense and deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect management’s assessment of future taxes expected to be paid
on items reflected in the Company’s financial statements. The Company records the tax effect of discrete items and items that
are reported net of their tax effects in the period in which they occur.
The Company’s effective tax rate can be affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax
rates (including as a result of business acquisitions and dispositions), changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and
liabilities, accruals related to contingent tax liabilities and period-to-period changes in such accruals, the results of audits and
examinations of previously filed tax returns (as discussed below), the expiration of statutes of limitations, the implementation
of tax planning strategies, tax rulings, court decisions, settlements with tax authorities and changes in tax laws. For a
description of the tax treatment of earnings that are planned to be reinvested indefinitely outside the United States, refer to “—
Liquidity and Capital Resources – Cash and Cash Requirements” below.
The amount of income taxes the Company pays is subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities, which
often result in proposed assessments. Management performs a comprehensive review of its global tax positions on a quarterly
basis. Based on these reviews, the results of discussions and resolutions of matters with certain tax authorities, tax rulings and
court decisions, and the expiration of statutes of limitations, reserves for contingent tax liabilities are accrued or adjusted as
necessary. For a discussion of risks related to these and other tax matters, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors”.
Year-Over-Year Changes in the Tax Provision and Effective Tax Rate
The Company’s effective tax rate related to continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was
24.4%, 23.6% and 20.9%, respectively.
The Company’s effective tax rate for each of 2013, 2012 and 2011 differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% due
principally to the Company’s earnings outside the United States that are indefinitely reinvested and taxed at rates lower than the
U.S. federal statutory rate. In addition, the effective tax rates of 24.4% in 2013, 23.6% in 2012 and 20.9% in 2011 are lower
than the U.S. federal statutory rate due to recognition of tax benefits associated with favorable resolutions of certain
international and domestic uncertain tax positions and the lapse of certain statutes of limitations. The effective tax rate for
2013 is also lower than the U.S. federal statutory rate due to the retroactive reinstatement of certain tax benefits and credits
resulting from the enactment of the American Tax Relief Act of 2012. These favorable items were offset by adjustments of
reserve estimates related to prior period uncertain tax positions and on-going audit settlement estimates in various jurisdictions.
The matters referenced above have been treated as discrete items in the periods they occurred and in the aggregate reduced the
provision for income taxes by approximately 20 basis points in 2013, 30 basis points in 2012 and 240 basis points in 2011.
The Company conducts business globally, and files numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in the United States
federal, state and foreign jurisdictions. The Company and its subsidiaries are routinely examined by various domestic and
international taxing authorities. During 2013, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed examinations of certain of the
Company's federal income tax returns for the years 2008 and 2009 and has commenced its examinations of the Company's
federal income tax returns for 2010 and 2011. In addition, the Company has subsidiaries in Belgium, Brazil, Canada,
Denmark, France, Finland, Germany, India, Italy, Japan, Norway, Singapore, Sweden, the United Kingdom and various other
countries, states and provinces that are currently under audit for years ranging from 2000 through 2012.
43
441583.10K.pdf 43
3/17/14 9:15 AM
Tax authorities in Denmark and Germany have raised significant issues related to the deductibility and taxability of interest
accrued by certain of the Company's subsidiaries. On December 10, 2013, the Company received assessments from the Danish
tax authority (“SKAT”) totaling approximately DKK 1.1 billion (approximately $200 million based on exchange rates as of
December 31, 2013) imposing withholding tax and interest thereon relating to interest accrued in Denmark on borrowings from
certain of the Company's subsidiaries for the years 2004-2009. If the SKAT claims are successful, it is likely that the Company
would be assessed additional amounts for years through 2013 totaling approximately DKK 800 million (approximately $144
million based on exchange rates as of December 31, 2013) as well as future interest on the disputed withholding tax for
subsequent periods prior to such a determination. Discussions with the German tax authorities are ongoing and final
assessments have not been issued.
Management believes the positions the Company has taken in both Denmark and Germany are in accordance with the relevant
tax laws and intends to vigorously defend its positions, including contesting the SKAT assessment; however, the ultimate
resolution of these matters is uncertain, could take many years, and individually or in the aggregate could result in a material
adverse impact to the Company's financial statements, including its effective tax rate.
The Company's effective tax rate for 2014 is expected to be approximately 24%. This anticipated rate reflects no benefit from
the research and experimentation credit in the United States which expired at the end of 2013.
INFLATION
The effect of inflation on the Company’s revenues and net earnings was not significant in the years ended December 31, 2013,
2012 or 2011.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT
The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, credit risk, equity
prices and commodity prices, each of which could impact its financial statements. The Company generally addresses its
exposure to these risks through its normal operating and financing activities. In addition, the Company’s broad-based business
activities help to reduce the impact that volatility in any particular area or related areas may have on its operating profit as a
whole.
Interest Rate Risk
The Company manages interest cost using a mixture of fixed-rate and variable-rate debt. A change in interest rates on long-
term debt impacts the fair value of the Company’s fixed-rate long-term debt but not the Company’s earnings or cash flow
because the interest on such debt is fixed. Generally, the fair market value of fixed-rate debt will increase as interest rates fall
and decrease as interest rates rise. As of December 31, 2013, an increase of 100 basis points in interest rates would have
decreased the fair value of the Company’s fixed-rate long-term debt (excluding the LYONs, which have not been included in
this calculation as the value of this convertible debt is primarily derived from the value of its underlying common stock) by
approximately $110 million. However, since the Company currently has no plans to repurchase its outstanding fixed-rate
instruments before their maturity, the impact of market interest rate fluctuations on the Company’s fixed-rate long-term debt
does not affect the Company’s results of operations or stockholders’ equity.
As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s variable-rate debt obligations consisted primarily of U.S. dollar commercial paper
borrowings (refer to Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the Company’s outstanding
commercial paper balances as of December 31, 2013). As a result, the Company’s primary interest rate exposure results from
changes in short-term U.S. dollar interest rates. As these shorter duration obligations mature, the Company anticipates issuing
additional short-term commercial paper obligations to refinance all or part of these borrowings. In 2013, a 50% increase in
average market interest rates on the Company’s commercial paper borrowings would have increased the Company’s interest
expense by approximately $0.4 million. A 50% hypothetical fluctuation is used as the Company’s actual commercial paper
interest rates fluctuated near that amount during 2013.
Currency Exchange Rate Risk
The Company faces transactional exchange rate risk from transactions with customers in countries outside the United States
and from intercompany transactions between affiliates. Transactional exchange rate risk arises from the purchase and sale of
goods and services in currencies other than Danaher’s functional currency or the functional currency of our applicable
subsidiary. The Company also faces translational exchange rate risk related to the translation of financial statements of our
foreign operations into U.S. dollars, Danaher’s functional currency. Costs incurred and sales recorded by subsidiaries operating
outside of the United States are translated into U.S. dollars using exchange rates effective during the respective period. As a
result, the Company is exposed to movements in the exchange rates of various currencies against the U.S. dollar. In particular,
44
441583.10K.pdf 44
3/17/14 9:15 AM
the Company has more sales in European currencies than it has expenses in those currencies. Therefore, when European
currencies strengthen or weaken against the U.S. dollar, operating profits are increased or decreased, respectively. The effect of
a change in currency exchange rates on the Company’s net investment in international subsidiaries is reflected in the
accumulated other comprehensive income component of stockholders’ equity. A 10% depreciation in major currencies relative
to the U.S. dollar at December 31, 2013 would have resulted in a reduction of stockholders’ equity of approximately $750
million.
Currency exchange rates negatively impacted 2013 reported sales by 0.5% on a year-over-year basis as the U.S. dollar was, on
average, stronger against other major currencies during 2013 as compared to exchange rate levels during 2012. The U.S.
dollar's strength against other major currencies throughout the majority of 2013 more than offset the positive impact on sales
from the slight weakening of the U.S. dollar prior to the end of the fourth quarter 2013.
If the exchange rates in effect as of December 31, 2013 were to prevail throughout 2014, currency exchange rates would
positively impact 2014 estimated sales by approximately 0.5% relative to the Company’s performance in 2013. Additional
weakening of the U.S. dollar against other major currencies would further positively impact the Company’s sales and results of
operations. Any strengthening of the U.S. dollar against other major currencies would adversely impact the Company’s sales
and results of operations on an overall basis.
The Company has generally accepted the exposure to exchange rate movements without using derivative financial instruments
to manage this risk. Both positive and negative movements in currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar will therefore
continue to affect the reported amount of sales, profit, and assets and liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Financial
Statements.
In connection with a prior acquisition, the Company acquired a currency swap agreement that required the Company to
purchase approximately 184 million Japanese Yen (JPY/¥) at a rate of $1/¥102.25 on a monthly basis through June 1, 2018.
During 2013, the Company terminated portions of the currency swap agreement, reducing the Company's monthly purchase
commitment to approximately ¥27 million. In connection with the partial termination of the currency swap agreement, the
Company paid $10 million to the swap counterparties representing the fair value of the terminated portions of the currency
swap. As of December 31, 2013, the aggregate Japanese Yen purchase commitment was approximately ¥1.4 billion
(approximately $14 million based on exchange rates as of December 31, 2013). The currency swap does not qualify for hedge
accounting and as a result changes in the fair value of the currency swap are reflected in selling, general and administrative
expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings each reporting period. During the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded pre-tax income of $14 million and $22 million and a pre-tax charge
of $8 million, respectively, related to changes in the fair value of this currency swap.
Credit Risk
The Company is exposed to potential credit losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to its financial instruments.
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash and temporary investments, receivables
from customers and derivatives. The Company places cash and temporary investments with various high-quality financial
institutions throughout the world and exposure is limited at any one institution. Although the Company typically does not
obtain collateral or other security to secure these obligations, it does regularly monitor the third party depository institutions
that hold our cash and cash equivalents. The Company’s emphasis is primarily on safety and liquidity of principal and
secondarily on maximizing yield on those funds.
In addition, concentrations of credit risk arising from receivables from customers are limited due to the diversity of the
Company’s customers. The Company’s businesses perform credit evaluations of their customers’ financial conditions as
appropriate and also obtain collateral or other security when appropriate.
The Company enters into derivative transactions infrequently and, with the exception of the Yen swap noted above, such
transactions are generally insignificant to the Company's financial condition and results of operations. These transactions are
entered into only with high-quality financial institutions and exposure at any one institution is limited.
Equity Price Risk
The Company’s available-for-sale investment portfolio includes publicly traded equity securities that are sensitive to
fluctuations in market price. Changes in equity prices would result in changes in the fair value of the Company’s available-for-
sale investments due to the difference between the current market price and the market price at the date of purchase or issuance
of the equity securities. A 10% decline in the value of these equity securities as of December 31, 2013 would have reduced the
fair value of the Company’s available-for-sale investment portfolio by $39 million.
45
441583.10K.pdf 45
3/17/14 9:15 AM
Commodity Price Risk
For a discussion of risks relating to commodity prices, refer “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Management assesses the Company’s liquidity in terms of its ability to generate cash to fund its operating, investing and
financing activities. The Company continues to generate substantial cash from operating activities and believes that its
operating cash flow and other sources of liquidity will be sufficient to allow it to continue investing in existing businesses,
consummating strategic acquisitions, paying interest and servicing debt and managing its capital structure on a short and long-
term basis.
Following is an overview of the Company's cash flows and liquidity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:
Overview of Cash Flows and Liquidity
($ in millions)
Total operating cash flows provided by continuing operations
Cash paid for acquisitions
Payments for additions to property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of unconsolidated joint venture
Proceeds from sale of marketable equity securities
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations
All other investing activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock
Payment of dividends
Purchase of stock
Net (repayments of) proceeds from borrowings (maturities of 90 days or
less)
Proceeds from borrowings (maturities longer than 90 days)
Repayments of borrowings (maturities longer than 90 days)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
For the Years Ended December 31
2013
2012
2011
3,585.3
$
3,502.1
$
2,732.1
(957.2) $
(551.5)
707.4
251.2
—
(2.4)
(552.5) $
$
177.4
(52.1)
—
(763.3)
—
(967.8)
(1,605.8) $
(1,796.8) $
(458.3)
—
—
337.5
(6,210.8)
(334.5)
—
—
680.1
30.0
(1,887.6) $
17.9
(5,847.3)
$
212.0
(86.4)
(648.4)
195.9
—
(61.5)
(388.4) $
1,112.5
(61.3)
—
854.0
1,785.8
(1,602.4)
2,088.6
$
$
$
$
$
• Operating cash flows from continuing operations increased $83 million, or approximately 2%, during 2013 as
compared to 2012.
• The repayment of borrowings with maturities longer than 90 days constituted the most significant use of cash during
2013. The Company repaid $968 million of such borrowings during 2013, primarily related to the repayment of the
Eurobond Notes and the 2013 Notes upon their maturity in July and June 2013, respectively. The Company also
reduced outstanding borrowings with maturities of 90 days or less, primarily commercial paper borrowings, by $763
million during 2013.
• The Company acquired fourteen businesses during 2013 for total consideration (net of cash acquired) of $957 million.
•
In February 2013, the Company sold its investment in Apex, an unconsolidated joint venture. Aggregate cash
proceeds received during 2013 in connection with the sale were $774 million (including $67 million of dividends
received during 2013 prior to the closing of the sale).
• During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company sold approximately 5 million of the approximately 8 million shares of
Align common stock that the Company received in 2009 as a result of a settlement between Align and Ormco
Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company received cash proceeds of $251 million from
the sale of these securities.
46
441583.10K.pdf 46
3/17/14 9:15 AM
• As of December 31, 2013, the Company held approximately $3.1 billion of cash and cash equivalents.
Operating Activities
Cash flows from operating activities can fluctuate significantly from period to period as working capital needs and the timing
of payments for items such as income taxes, restructuring activities, pension funding and other items impact reported cash
flows.
Operating cash flows from continuing operations were $3.6 billion for 2013, an increase of $83 million, or 2% as compared to
2012. The year-over-year change in operating cash flows from 2012 to 2013 was primarily attributable to the following
factors:
• Earnings from continuing operations increased by $396 million in 2013 as compared to 2012. During 2013, the
Company realized a $230 million pre-tax gain on the sale of the Apex joint venture and a $202 million pre-tax gain on
the sale of Align common stock. While both of these gains are included in earnings from continuing operations, the
proceeds from these sales are shown in the investing activities section of the Statement of Cash Flows and therefore do
not contribute to operating cash flows.
• Earnings for 2013 reflected an increase of $55 million of depreciation and amortization expense as compared to 2012.
Amortization expense primarily relates to the amortization of intangible assets acquired in connection with
acquisitions. Depreciation expense relates to both the Company's manufacturing and operating facilities as well as
instrumentation leased to customers under operating-type lease arrangements. Depreciation and amortization expense
are non-cash expenses that decrease earnings without a corresponding impact to operating cash flows.
• The aggregate of trade accounts receivable, inventories and trade accounts payable provided $197 million in operating
cash flows during 2013, a $150 million increase compared to 2012 during which these items provided $47 million in
operating cash flows. The amount of cash flow generated from or used by the aggregate of trade accounts receivable,
inventories and trade accounts payable depends upon how effectively the Company manages the cash conversion
cycle, which effectively represents the number of days that elapse from the day it pays for the purchase of raw
materials and components to the collection of cash from its customers.
• Accrued expenses and other liabilities used $89 million in operating cash flows during 2013, a $236 million decline
compared to 2012 during which these items provided $147 million in operating cash flows. This change was driven
primarily by cash income tax payments from continuing operations, which increased by $174 million during 2013 as
compared to 2012 primarily due to taxes on the sale of the Apex joint venture and Align common stock noted above.
Net cash payments for income taxes from continuing operations totaled $529 million and $355 million in 2013 and
2012, respectively. The timing of customer deposits received in 2012 in the Test & Measurement segment's network
communications business also contributed to the year-over-year decline.
Operating cash flows from continuing operations were $3.5 billion for 2012, an increase of $770 million, or 28% as compared
to 2011. The increase in operating cash flows was primarily attributable to the increase in earnings in 2012 as compared to
2011.
Investing Activities
Cash flows relating to investing activities consist primarily of cash used for acquisitions and capital expenditures and cash
proceeds from divestitures of businesses or assets.
Net cash used in investing activities was $553 million during 2013 compared to $1.9 billion of net cash used in 2012 and $5.8
billion of net cash used in 2011.
Acquisitions and Divestitures
2013 Acquisitions and Divestitures
For a discussion of the Company’s 2013 acquisitions, the sale of the Company's ownership interest in Apex and the sale of
Align common stock, refer to “—Overview.”
441583.10K.pdf 47
3/17/14 9:15 AM
47
2012 Acquisitions and Divestitures
During 2012, the Company acquired fourteen businesses for total consideration of $1.8 billion in cash, net of cash acquired.
The businesses acquired complement existing units of each of the Company's five segments. The aggregate annual sales of
these fourteen businesses at the time of their respective acquisitions, in each case based on the company’s revenues for its last
completed fiscal year prior to the acquisition, were $666 million.
In January 2012, the Company completed the sale of its integrated scanning system business (the ASI business) for $132
million in cash. In addition, in February 2012, the Company completed the sale of its KEO business for $205 million in cash.
These businesses were part of the Industrial Technologies segment. The businesses had combined annual revenues of $275
million in 2011. The Company recorded an aggregate after-tax gain on the sale of these businesses of $94 million, or $0.13 per
diluted share, in its first quarter 2012 results. The Company has reported the ASI and KEO businesses (as well as the PSA
business, referenced below) as discontinued operations in its consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the results of
operations for all periods presented reflect these businesses as discontinued operations.
2011 Acquisitions and Divestitures
On June 30, 2011, following the successful completion of the Company’s tender offer for all of the outstanding shares of
common stock of Beckman Coulter, the Company completed the acquisition of Beckman Coulter by merging one of its
indirect, wholly-owned subsidiaries with and into Beckman Coulter such that Beckman Coulter became an indirect, wholly-
owned subsidiary of the Company. Beckman Coulter had revenues of $3.7 billion in 2010, and is included in the Company’s
Life Sciences & Diagnostics segment from the acquisition date. The Company obtained control of Beckman Coulter on
June 24, 2011 and, as a result, the earnings of Beckman Coulter are reflected in the Company’s results from June 25, 2011
forward.
The Company paid $5.5 billion in cash (net of $450 million of cash acquired) to acquire all of the outstanding shares of
common stock of Beckman Coulter and assumed $1.6 billion of indebtedness in connection with the acquisition. The Company
financed the acquisition of Beckman Coulter using (1) $2.3 billion of available cash, (2) net proceeds, after expenses and the
underwriters’ discount, of $966 million from the underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock on June 21,
2011, (3) net proceeds, after expenses and the underwriters’ discount, of $1.8 billion from the underwritten public offering of
senior unsecured notes on June 23, 2011, and (4) net proceeds from the sale of additional commercial paper under the
Company’s U.S. commercial paper program prior to the closing of the acquisition.
In addition to the acquisition of Beckman Coulter, during 2011, the Company completed the acquisition of thirteen other
businesses (including the acquisition of EskoArtwork, a leading full-service solutions provider for the digital packaging design
and production market) for total consideration of $669 million in cash, net of cash acquired. The additional businesses
acquired complement existing units of each of the Company's five segments. The aggregate annual sales of these thirteen
businesses at the time of their respective acquisitions, in each case based on the acquired company’s revenues for its last
completed fiscal year prior to the acquisition, were $325 million.
In April 2011, the Company completed the divestiture of its PSA business for $680 million in cash. This business, which was
part of the Industrial Technologies segment, had annual revenues of $377 million in 2010. The Company recorded an after-tax
gain on the sale of PSA of $202 million, or $0.29 per diluted share, in its second quarter 2011 results.
Capital Expenditures
Capital expenditures are made primarily for increasing capacity, replacing equipment, supporting new product development,
improving information technology systems and the manufacture of instruments that are used in operating-type lease
arrangements that certain of the Company’s businesses enter into with customers. Capital expenditures totaled $552 million in
2013, $458 million in 2012 and $334 million in 2011. The increase in capital spending in 2013 and 2012 reflects continued
investments in equipment leased to customers and other operating assets. In 2014, the Company expects capital spending to
approximate $650 million, though actual expenditures will ultimately depend on business conditions.
Financing Activities and Indebtedness
Cash flows from financing activities consist primarily of proceeds from the issuance of commercial paper, common stock and
debt, excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation, payments of principal on indebtedness, payments for repurchases of
common stock and payments of dividends to shareholders. Financing activities used cash of $1.6 billion during 2013 compared
to $388 million of cash used during 2012. The year-over-year increase was due primarily to the repayment of the Eurobond
Notes and the 2013 Notes upon their maturity in July and June 2013, respectively, and the incrementally higher year-over-year
net repayment of commercial paper borrowings.
48
441583.10K.pdf 48
3/17/14 9:15 AM
Total debt was $3.5 billion and $5.3 billion as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company’s debt as of
December 31, 2013 was as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
$450 million of outstanding U.S. dollar commercial paper;
$400 million aggregate principal amount of 1.3% senior unsecured notes due 2014 (the “2014 Notes”);
$500 million aggregate principal amount of 2.3% senior unsecured notes due 2016 (the “2016 Notes”);
$500 million aggregate principal amount of 5.625% senior unsecured notes due 2018 (the “2018 Notes”);
$750 million aggregate principal amount of 5.4% senior unsecured notes due 2019 (the “2019 Notes”);
$600 million aggregate principal amount of 3.9% senior unsecured notes due 2021 (the “2021 Notes” and together
with the 2014 Notes and 2016 Notes, the “2011 Financing Notes”);
$154 million of zero coupon Liquid Yield Option Notes due 2021 (“LYONs”); and
$145 million of other borrowings.
The 2011 Financing Notes, the 2018 Notes and the 2019 Notes are collectively referred to as the “Notes”.
Commercial Paper Programs and Credit Facility
The Company satisfies any short-term liquidity needs that are not met through operating cash flow and available cash primarily
through issuances of commercial paper under its U.S. and Euro commercial paper programs. Under these programs, the
Company or a subsidiary of the Company, as applicable, may issue and sell unsecured, short-term promissory notes. Interest
expense on the notes is paid at maturity and is generally based on the ratings assigned to the Company by credit rating agencies
at the time of the issuance and prevailing market rates measured by reference to LIBOR. Borrowings under the program are
available for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. During 2013, as commercial paper balances matured the
Company either paid such balances from available cash or refinanced such balances by issuing new commercial paper. There
was no commercial paper outstanding under the Euro program as of December 31, 2013.
As of December 31, 2013, borrowings outstanding under the Company’s U.S. commercial paper program had a weighted
average annual interest rate of 0.1% and a weighted average remaining maturity of approximately fourteen days. Commercial
paper outstanding at any one time during the year had balances ranging from $450 million to $1.2 billion, carried interest at
annual rates ranging between 0.1% and 0.2% and had original maturities between one and sixty days. The Company has
classified its borrowings outstanding under the commercial paper program as of December 31, 2013 and its 2014 Notes as
long-term debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as the Company had the intent and ability, as supported by availability under
the Credit Facility referenced below, to refinance these borrowings for at least one year from the balance sheet date.
Credit support for the commercial paper program is provided by a $2.5 billion unsecured multi-year revolving credit facility
with a syndicate of banks that expires on July 15, 2016 (the “Credit Facility”). The Credit Facility can also be used for working
capital and other general corporate purposes. Under the Credit Facility, borrowings (other than bid loans) bear interest at a rate
equal to (at the Company’s option) either (1) a LIBOR-based rate plus a margin that varies according to the Company’s long-
term debt credit rating (the “Eurodollar Rate”), or (2) the highest of (a) the Federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the prime rate
and (c) the Eurodollar Rate plus 1%, plus in each case a margin that varies according to the Company’s long-term debt credit
rating. In addition to certain initial fees the Company paid at inception of the Credit Facility, the Company is obligated to pay
an annual commitment fee that varies according to its long-term debt credit rating. The Credit Facility requires the Company to
maintain a consolidated leverage ratio (as defined in the facility) of 0.65 to 1.00 or less, and also contains customary
representations, warranties, conditions precedent, events of default, indemnities and affirmative and negative covenants. As of
December 31, 2013, no borrowings were outstanding under the Credit Facility and the Company was in compliance with all
covenants under the facility. The non-performance by any member of the Credit Facility syndicate would reduce the maximum
capacity of the Credit Facility by such member's commitment amount. In addition to the Credit Facility, the Company has
entered into reimbursement agreements with various commercial banks to support the issuance of letters of credit.
The availability of the Credit Facility as a standby liquidity facility to repay maturing commercial paper is an important factor
in maintaining the existing credit ratings of the Company’s commercial paper program. The Company expects to limit any
borrowings under the Credit Facility to amounts that would leave sufficient credit available under the facility to allow the
Company to borrow, if needed, to repay all of the outstanding commercial paper as it matures.
49
441583.10K.pdf 49
3/17/14 9:15 AM
The Company’s ability to access the commercial paper market, and the related costs of these borrowings, is affected by the
strength of the Company’s credit rating and market conditions. Any downgrade in the Company’s credit rating would increase
the cost of borrowings under the Company’s commercial paper program and the Credit Facility, and could limit or preclude the
Company’s ability to issue commercial paper. If the Company’s access to the commercial paper market is adversely affected
due to a downgrade, change in market conditions or otherwise, the Company would expect to rely on a combination of
available cash, operating cash flow and the Company’s Credit Facility to provide short-term funding. In such event, the cost of
borrowings under the Company’s Credit Facility could be higher than the cost of commercial paper borrowings.
On June 17, 2011, the Company entered into a $3.0 billion 364-day unsecured revolving credit facility (the “364-Day Facility”)
in connection with the acquisition of Beckman Coulter. The Company terminated the facility as of December 29, 2011. There
were no outstanding borrowings under the 364-Day Facility at any time during the term of the facility.
Other Long-Term Indebtedness
2011 Financing Notes—On June 23, 2011, the Company completed the underwritten public offering of the 2011 Financing
Notes and the 2013 Notes, all of which are unsecured. The 2013 Notes were issued at 100% of their principal amount, accrued
interest at a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 0.25% per year and matured and were repaid in June 2013. The
2014 Notes were issued at 99.918% of their principal amount, will mature on June 23, 2014 and accrue interest at the rate of
1.3% per year. The 2016 Notes were issued at 99.84% of their principal amount, will mature on June 23, 2016 and accrue
interest at the rate of 2.3% per year. The 2021 Notes were issued at 99.975% of their principal amount, will mature on June 23,
2021 and accrue interest at the rate of 3.9% per year. The net proceeds from the 2011 Financing Notes and 2013 Notes
offering, after deducting expenses and the underwriters’ discount, were approximately $1.8 billion and were used to fund a
portion of the purchase price for the acquisition of Beckman Coulter. The Company paid interest on the 2013 Notes quarterly
in arrears on March 21, June 21, September 21 and December 21 of each year. The Company pays interest on the 2014 Notes,
2016 Notes and 2021 Notes semi-annually in arrears, on June 23 and December 23 of each year.
2019 Notes—In March 2009, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of the 2019 Notes, which were issued at
99.93% of their principal amount, will mature on March 1, 2019 and accrue interest at the rate of 5.4% per year. The net
proceeds, after expenses and the underwriters’ discount, were approximately $745 million. A portion of the net proceeds were
used to repay a portion of the Company’s outstanding commercial paper and the balance was used for general corporate
purposes, including acquisitions. The Company pays interest on the 2019 Notes semi-annually in arrears, on March 1 and
September 1 of each year.
2018 Notes—In December 2007, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of the 2018 Notes, which were
issued at 99.39% of their principal amount, will mature on January 15, 2018 and accrue interest at the rate of 5.625% per year.
The net proceeds, after expenses and the underwriters’ discount, were approximately $493 million, which were used to repay a
portion of the commercial paper issued to finance the acquisition of the Tektronix business. The Company pays interest on the
2018 Notes semi-annually in arrears, on January 15 and July 15 of each year.
LYONs—In 2001, the Company issued $830 million (value at maturity) in LYONs. The net proceeds to the Company were
$505 million, of which approximately $100 million was used to pay down debt and the balance was used for general corporate
purposes, including acquisitions. The LYONs carry a yield to maturity of 2.375% (with contingent interest payable as
described below). Holders of the LYONs may convert each $1,000 of principal amount at maturity into 29.0704 shares of the
Company’s common stock (in the aggregate for all LYONs that were originally issued, approximately 24 million shares of the
Company’s common stock) at any time on or before the maturity date of January 22, 2021. As of December 31, 2013, an
aggregate of approximately 18 million shares of the Company’s common stock had been issued upon conversion of LYONs.
As of December 31, 2013, the accreted value of the outstanding LYONs was lower than the traded market value of the
underlying common stock issuable upon conversion. The Company may redeem all or a portion of the LYONs for cash at any
time at scheduled redemption prices. Holders had the right to require the Company to purchase all or a portion of the notes for
cash and/or Company common stock, at the Company’s option, on each of January 22, 2004 and January 22, 2011, which
resulted in aggregate notes with an accreted value of approximately $1 million being redeemed by the Company for cash.
Under the terms of the LYONs, the Company will pay contingent interest to the holders of LYONs during any six month period
from January 23 to July 22 and from July 23 to January 22 if the average market price of a LYON for a specified measurement
period equals 120% or more of the sum of the issue price and accrued original issue discount for such LYON. The amount of
contingent interest to be paid with respect to any quarterly period is equal to the higher of either 0.0315% of the bonds’ average
market price during the specified measurement period or the amount of the common stock dividend paid during such quarterly
period multiplied by the number of shares issuable upon conversion of a LYON. The Company paid $1 million of contingent
interest on the LYONs for each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. Except for the contingent interest
described above, the Company will not pay interest on the LYONs prior to maturity.
50
441583.10K.pdf 50
3/17/14 9:15 AM
Eurobond Notes—On July 21, 2006, a financing subsidiary of the Company issued the Eurobond Notes in a private placement
outside the United States. Payment obligations under these Eurobond Notes were guaranteed by the Company. The net
proceeds of the offering, after the deduction of underwriting commissions but prior to the deduction of other issuance costs,
were €496 million ($627 million based on exchange rates in effect at the time the offering closed) and were used to pay down a
portion of the Company’s outstanding commercial paper and for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. The
Eurobond Notes matured and were repaid in July 2013.
Covenants and Redemption Provisions Applicable to the Notes
The Company may redeem some or all of the 2014 Notes, the 2016 Notes, the 2018 Notes and/or the 2019 Notes at any time by
paying the principal amount and a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Prior to March 23, 2021 (three
months prior to their maturity date), the Company may redeem some or all of the 2021 Notes by paying the principal amount
and a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest. On or after March 23, 2021, the Company may redeem some
or all of the 2021 Notes for their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. If a change of control triggering event
occurs with respect to the Notes, each holder of Notes may require the Company to repurchase some or all of its Notes at a
purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued interest. A change of control triggering event
means the occurrence of both a change of control and a rating event, each as defined in the applicable supplemental indenture.
Except in connection with a change of control triggering event as described above, the Company does not have any credit
rating downgrade triggers that would accelerate the maturity of a material amount of outstanding debt.
The indentures pursuant to which the Notes were issued each contain customary covenants including, for example, limits on the
incurrence of secured debt and sale/leaseback transactions. None of these covenants are considered restrictive to the
Company’s operations and as of December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all of its debt covenants.
Beckman Coulter Indebtedness
In connection with the acquisition of Beckman Coulter in June 2011, the Company assumed indebtedness with a fair value of
$1.6 billion (the “Beckman Coulter Notes”). During the third quarter of 2011, the Company retired substantially all of the
Beckman Coulter Notes using proceeds from the issuance of U.S. dollar commercial paper and recorded a $33 million ($21
million, after tax or $0.03 per diluted share) charge to earnings due to “make whole” payments associated with the
extinguishment of certain of the Beckman Coulter Notes. The charge to earnings is reflected as part of other income (expense)
in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.
For additional details regarding the Company’s debt as of December 31, 2013 see Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
Shelf Registration Statement
The Company has filed a “well-known seasoned issuer” shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC that registers
an indeterminate amount of debt securities, common stock, preferred stock, warrants, depositary shares, purchase contracts and
units for future issuance. The Company expects to use net proceeds realized by the Company from future securities sales off
this shelf registration statement for general corporate purposes, including without limitation repayment or refinancing of debt or
other corporate obligations, acquisitions, capital expenditures, share repurchases and dividends, and working capital.
On June 21, 2011, the Company used its then-current shelf registration statement to complete the underwritten public offering
of 19,250,000 shares of Danaher common stock at a price to the public of $51.75 per share. The net proceeds, after deducting
expenses and the underwriters' discount, were approximately $966 million and were used to fund a portion of the purchase
price for Beckman Coulter. On June 23, 2011, the Company also used this shelf registration statement to complete the
underwritten public offering of the 2011 Financing Notes and the 2013 Notes.
Stock Repurchase Program
Neither the Company nor any “affiliated purchaser” repurchased any shares of Company common stock during 2013. On July
16, 2013, the Company's Board of Directors approved a repurchase program (the “2013 Repurchase Program”) authorizing the
repurchase of up to 20 million shares of the Company's common stock from time to time on the open market or in privately
negotiated transactions. The 2013 Repurchase Program replaced the repurchase program approved by the Company's Board of
Directors in May 2010 (the “2010 Repurchase Program”). There is no expiration date for the 2013 Repurchase Program, and
the timing and amount of any shares repurchased under the program will be determined by the Company's management based
on its evaluation of market conditions and other factors. The 2013 Repurchase Program may be suspended or discontinued at
any time. Any repurchased shares will be available for use in connection with the Company's equity compensation plans (or
51
441583.10K.pdf 51
3/17/14 9:15 AM
any successor plan) and for other corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2013, 20 million shares remained available for
repurchase pursuant to the 2013 Repurchase Program. The Company expects to fund any future stock repurchases using the
Company's available cash balances or proceeds from the issuance of commercial paper.
During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company repurchased approximately 12.5 million shares of Company common
stock under the 2010 Repurchase Program in open market transactions at a cost of $648 million. Neither the Company nor any
“affiliated purchaser” repurchased any shares of Company common stock during 2011.
Dividends
The Company declared a regular dividend of $0.025 per share that was paid on January 31, 2014 to holders of record on
December 30, 2013. Aggregate cash payments for dividends during 2013 were $52 million. Dividend payments were lower in
2013 as compared to 2012 because the Company made no cash payments for dividends during the first quarter of 2013 because
the Company's Board had determined to accelerate the quarterly dividend payment that normally would have been paid in
January 2013 and paid it in December 2012.
Cash and Cash Requirements
As of December 31, 2013, the Company held $3.1 billion of cash and cash equivalents that were invested in highly liquid
investment grade debt instruments with a maturity of 90 days or less with an approximate weighted average annual interest rate
of 0.3%. $932 million of this amount was held within the United States and $2.2 billion was held outside of the United States.
The Company will continue to have cash requirements to support working capital needs, capital expenditures and acquisitions,
to pay interest and service debt, pay taxes and any related interest or penalties, fund its restructuring activities and pension
plans as required, repurchase shares of the Company’s common stock, pay dividends to shareholders and support other business
needs. The Company generally intends to use available cash and internally generated funds to meet these cash requirements,
but in the event that additional liquidity is required, particularly in connection with acquisitions, the Company may also borrow
under its commercial paper program or the Credit Facility, enter into new credit facilities and either borrow directly thereunder
or use such credit facilities to backstop additional borrowing capacity under its commercial paper program and/or access the
capital markets. The Company also may from time to time access the capital markets to take advantage of favorable interest
rate environments or other market conditions. With respect to the 2014 Notes that mature in 2014, the Company expects to
repay the principal amounts when due under these notes using available cash, proceeds from the issuance of commercial paper
and/or proceeds from other debt issuances.
While repatriation of some cash held outside the United States may be restricted by local laws, most of the Company's foreign
cash balances could be repatriated to the United States but, under current law, could be subject to U.S. federal income taxes,
less applicable foreign tax credits. For most of its foreign subsidiaries, the Company makes an election regarding the amount
of earnings intended for indefinite reinvestment, with the balance available to be repatriated to the United States. A deferred
tax liability has been accrued for the funds that are available to be repatriated to the United States. No provisions for U.S.
income taxes have been made with respect to earnings that are planned to be reinvested indefinitely outside the United States,
and the amount of U.S. income taxes that may be applicable to such earnings is not readily determinable given the various tax
planning alternatives the Company could employ if it repatriated these earnings. The cash that the Company's foreign
subsidiaries hold for indefinite reinvestment is generally used to finance foreign operations and investments, including
acquisitions. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the total amount of earnings planned to be reinvested indefinitely outside the
United States for which deferred taxes have not been provided was approximately $10.6 billion and $9.3 billion, respectively.
As of December 31, 2013, management believes that is has sufficient liquidity to satisfy its cash needs, including its cash needs
in the United States.
During 2013, the Company contributed $4 million to its U.S. defined benefit pension plan and $53 million to its non-U.S.
defined benefit pension plans. During 2014, the Company’s cash contribution requirements for its U.S. and its non-U.S.
defined benefit pension plans are expected to be approximately $50 million and $50 million, respectively. The ultimate
amounts to be contributed depend upon, among other things, legal requirements, underlying asset returns, the plan’s funded
status, the anticipated tax deductibility of the contribution, local practices, market conditions, interest rates and other factors.
441583.10K.pdf 52
3/17/14 9:15 AM
52
Contractual Obligations
The following table sets forth, by period due or year of expected expiration, as applicable, a summary of the Company’s
contractual obligations relating to continuing operations as of December 31, 2013 under (1) long-term debt obligations,
(2) leases, (3) purchase obligations and (4) other long-term liabilities reflected on the Company’s balance sheet under GAAP.
The amounts presented in the table below do not reflect $599 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits, the timing of which is
uncertain. Refer to Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on unrecognized tax benefits.
($ in millions)
Debt & Leases:
Long-Term Debt Obligations (a)(b)
Capital Lease Obligations (b)
Total Long-Term Debt
Interest Payments on Long-Term Debt and
Capital Lease Obligations (c)
Operating Lease Obligations (d)
Other:
Purchase Obligations (e)
Other Long-Term Liabilities Reflected on the
Company’s Balance Sheet Under GAAP (f)
Total
Total
Less Than
One Year
1-3 Years
3-5 Years
More Than
5 Years
$
3,434.1
$
52.6
$
1,370.4
$
503.2
$
1,507.9
64.9
3,499.0
588.2
656.6
9.7
62.3
116.0
183.3
1,031.6
994.3
3,657.7
—
16.6
1,387.0
211.5
246.9
36.1
851.0
12.0
515.2
162.8
144.7
0.8
649.7
$
9,433.1
$
1,355.9
$
2,732.5
$
1,473.2
$
26.6
1,534.5
97.9
81.7
0.4
2,157.0
3,871.5
(a) As described in Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(b) Amounts do not include interest payments. Interest on long-term debt and capital lease obligations is reflected in a
(c)
separate line in the table.
Interest payments on long-term debt are projected for future periods using the interest rates in effect as of December 31,
2013. Certain of these projected interest payments may differ in the future based on changes in market interest rates.
(d) As described in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, certain leases require the Company to pay real estate
taxes, insurance, maintenance and other operating expenses associated with the leased premises. These future costs are not
included in the schedule above.
(e) Consist of agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on the Company and that
specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased, fixed, minimum or variable price
provisions and the approximate timing of the transaction.
(f) Primarily consist of obligations under product service and warranty policies and allowances, performance and operating
cost guarantees, estimated environmental remediation costs, self-insurance and litigation claims, post-retirement benefits,
pension obligations, deferred tax liabilities (excluding unrecognized tax benefits) and deferred compensation obligations.
The timing of cash flows associated with these obligations is based upon management’s estimates over the terms of these
arrangements and is largely based upon historical experience.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The following table sets forth, by period due or year of expected expiration, as applicable, a summary of off-balance sheet
commitments of the Company as of December 31, 2013.
($ in millions)
Guarantees
Amount of Commitment Expiration per Period
Total
Less Than
One Year
1-3 Years
4-5 Years
More Than
5 Years
$
379.2
$
299.2
$
38.0
$
16.7
$
25.3
Guarantees consist primarily of outstanding standby letters of credit, bank guarantees and performance and bid bonds. These
guarantees have been provided in connection with certain arrangements with vendors, customers, financing counterparties and
governmental entities to secure the Company’s obligations and/or performance requirements related to specific transactions.
441583.10K.pdf 53
3/17/14 9:15 AM
53
Other Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Company has from time to time divested certain of its businesses and assets. In connection with these divestitures, the
Company often provides representations, warranties and/or indemnities to cover various risks and unknown liabilities, such as
claims for damages arising out of the use of products or relating to intellectual property matters, commercial disputes,
environmental matters or tax matters. The Company has not included any such items in the contractual obligations table above
because they relate to unknown conditions and the Company cannot estimate the potential liabilities from such matters, but the
Company does not believe it is reasonably possible that any such liability will have a material effect on the Company’s
financial statements. In addition, as a result of these divestitures, as well as restructuring activities, certain properties leased by
the Company have been sublet to third parties. In the event any of these third parties vacates any of these premises, the
Company would be legally obligated under master lease arrangements. The Company believes that the financial risk of default
by such sub-lessors is individually and in the aggregate not material to the Company’s financial statements.
In the normal course of business, the Company periodically enters into agreements that require it to indemnify customers,
suppliers or other business partners for specific risks, such as claims for injury or property damage arising out of the
Company’s products or services or claims alleging that Company products, services or software infringe third party intellectual
property. The Company has not included any such indemnification provisions in the contractual obligations table above.
Historically, the Company has not experienced significant losses on these types of indemnification obligations.
The Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation requires it to indemnify to the full extent authorized or permitted by law
any person made, or threatened to be made a party to any action or proceeding by reason of his or her service as a director or
officer of the Company, or by reason of serving at the request of the Company as a director or officer of any other entity,
subject to limited exceptions. Danaher’s Amended and Restated By-laws provide for similar indemnification rights. In
addition, Danaher has executed with each director and executive officer of Danaher Corporation an indemnification agreement
which provides for substantially similar indemnification rights and under which Danaher has agreed to pay expenses in advance
of the final disposition of any such indemnifiable proceeding. While the Company maintains insurance for this type of liability,
a significant deductible applies to this coverage and any such liability could exceed the amount of the insurance coverage.
Legal Proceedings
Please refer to Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report for information regarding
certain litigation matters.
In addition to the litigation matters noted under “Item 1. Business – Regulatory Matters – Environmental, Health & Safety,” the
Company is, from time to time, subject to a variety of litigation and other legal and regulatory proceedings incidental to its
business (or the business operations of previously owned entities). These matters primarily involve claims for damages arising
out of the use of the Company’s products, software and services and claims relating to intellectual property matters,
employment matters, tax matters, commercial disputes, competition and sales and trading practices, personal injury, insurance
coverage and acquisition or divestiture related matters, as well as regulatory investigations or enforcement. The Company may
also become subject to lawsuits as a result of past or future acquisitions or as a result of liabilities retained from, or
representations, warranties or indemnities provided in connection with, divested businesses. Some of these lawsuits may
include claims for punitive, consequential and/or compensatory damages, as well as injunctive relief. Based upon the
Company’s experience, current information and applicable law, it does not believe it is reasonably possible that these
proceedings and claims will have a material effect on its financial statements.
While the Company maintains general, products, property, workers’ compensation, automobile, cargo, aviation, crime,
fiduciary and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (and has acquired rights under similar policies in connection with
certain acquisitions) up to certain limits that cover certain of these claims, this insurance may be insufficient or unavailable to
cover such losses. For general, products and property liability and most other insured risks, the Company purchases outside
insurance coverage only for severe losses and must establish and maintain reserves with respect to amounts within the self-
insured retention. In addition, while the Company believes it is entitled to indemnification from third parties for some of these
claims, these rights may also be insufficient or unavailable to cover such losses.
In accordance with accounting guidance, the Company records a liability in the consolidated financial statements for loss
contingencies when a loss is known or considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If the reasonable
estimate of a known or probable loss is a range, and no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other, the
minimum amount of the range is accrued. If a loss does not meet the known or probable level but is reasonably possible and a
loss or range of loss can be reasonably estimated, the estimated loss or range of loss is disclosed. The Company's reserves
consist of specific reserves for individual claims and additional amounts for anticipated developments of these claims as well as
for incurred but not yet reported claims. The specific reserves for individual known claims are quantified with the assistance of
legal counsel and outside risk professionals where appropriate. In addition, outside risk professionals assist in the
54
441583.10K.pdf 54
3/17/14 9:15 AM
determination of reserves for incurred but not yet reported claims through evaluation of the Company’s specific loss history,
actual claims reported and industry trends among statistical and other factors. Reserve estimates may be adjusted as additional
information regarding a claim becomes known. Because most contingencies are resolved over long periods of time, liabilities
may change in the future due to new developments (including litigation developments, the discovery of new facts, changes in
legislation and outcomes of similar cases), changes in assumptions or changes in our settlement strategy. While the Company
actively pursues financial recoveries from insurance providers, it does not recognize any recoveries until realized or until such
time as a sustained pattern of collections is established related to historical matters of a similar nature and magnitude. If the
Company’s self-insurance and litigation reserves prove inadequate, it would be required to incur an expense equal to the
amount of the loss incurred in excess of the reserves, which would adversely affect the Company’s financial statements. Please
see Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information about the amount of our accruals for self-insurance and
litigation liability.
For a discussion of additional risks related to legal proceedings, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Management’s discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations is based upon the
Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and
judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent
assets and liabilities. The Company bases these estimates and judgments on historical experience, the current economic
environment and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may
differ materially from these estimates and judgments.
The Company believes the following accounting estimates are most critical to an understanding of its financial statements.
Estimates are considered to be critical if they meet both of the following criteria: (1) the estimate requires assumptions about
material matters that are uncertain at the time the estimate is made, and (2) material changes in the estimate are reasonably
likely from period to period. For a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting estimates, refer to Note
1 in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
Accounts Receivable: The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts to reflect probable credit losses inherent in its
portfolio of receivables. Determination of the allowances requires management to exercise judgment about the timing,
frequency and severity of credit losses that could materially affect the allowances for doubtful accounts and, therefore, net
income. The allowances for doubtful accounts represent management’s best estimate of the credit losses expected from the
Company’s trade accounts, contract and finance receivable portfolios. The level of the allowances is based on many
quantitative and qualitative factors including historical loss experience by receivable type, portfolio duration, delinquency
trends, economic conditions and credit risk quality. The Company regularly performs detailed reviews of its accounts
receivable portfolio to determine if an impairment has occurred and to assess the adequacy of the allowances. If the financial
condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate with a severity, frequency and/or timing different from the
Company's assumptions, additional allowances would be required and the Company’s financial statements would be adversely
impacted.
Inventories: The Company records inventory at the lower of cost or market value. The Company estimates the market value of
its inventory based on assumptions of future demand and related pricing. Estimating the market value of inventory is
inherently uncertain because levels of demand, technological advances and pricing competition in many of the Company’s
markets can fluctuate significantly from period to period due to circumstances beyond the Company’s control. If actual market
conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, the Company could be required to reduce the value of its
inventory, which would adversely impact the Company’s financial statements.
Acquired Intangibles: The Company’s business acquisitions typically result in the recognition of goodwill, in-process research
and development and other intangible assets, which affect the amount of future period amortization expense and possible
impairment charges that the Company may incur. Refer to Notes 1, 2 and 7 in the Company’s consolidated financial statements
for a description of the Company’s policies relating to goodwill, acquired intangibles and acquisitions.
In performing its goodwill impairment testing, the Company estimates the fair value of its reporting units primarily using a
market based approach. The Company estimates fair value based on multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation
and amortization (“EBITDA”) determined by current trading market multiples of earnings for companies operating in
businesses similar to each of the Company’s reporting units, in addition to recent market available sale transactions of
comparable businesses. In evaluating the estimates derived by the market based approach, management makes judgments
about the relevance and reliability of the multiples by considering factors unique to its reporting units, including operating
results, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, and transactions and marketplace data as well as
55
441583.10K.pdf 55
3/17/14 9:15 AM
judgments about the comparability of the market proxies selected. In certain circumstances the Company also estimates fair
value utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis (i.e., an income approach) in order to validate the results of the market
approach. The discounted cash flow model requires judgmental assumptions about projected revenue growth, future operating
margins, discount rates and terminal values. There are inherent uncertainties related to these assumptions and management’s
judgment in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment.
As of December 31, 2013, the Company had twenty-two reporting units for goodwill impairment testing. Reporting units
resulting from recent acquisitions generally present the highest risk of impairment. Management believes the impairment risk
associated with these reporting units decreases as these businesses are integrated into the Company and better positioned for
potential future earnings growth. The carrying value of the goodwill included in each individual reporting unit ranges from $7
million to $4.4 billion. The Company’s annual goodwill impairment analysis in 2013 indicated that in all instances, the fair
values of the Company’s reporting units exceeded their carrying values and consequently did not result in an impairment
charge. The excess of the estimated fair value over carrying value (expressed as a percentage of carrying value for the
respective reporting unit) for each of the Company’s reporting units as of the annual testing date ranged from approximately
3% to approximately 885%. In order to evaluate the sensitivity of the fair value calculations used in the goodwill impairment
test, the Company applied a hypothetical 10% decrease to the fair values of each reporting unit and compared those values to
the reporting unit carrying values. Based on this hypothetical 10% decrease, the excess of the estimated fair value over
carrying value (expressed as a percentage of carrying value for the respective reporting unit) for each of the Company’s
reporting units ranged from approximately -7% to approximately 785%. Two reporting units’ hypothetically 10% decreased
fair values were lower than their respective carrying values. Management evaluated other factors relating to the fair value of
these reporting units, including as applicable the short period of time since the acquisition of these businesses, results of the
estimate of fair value using the income approach, market positions of the businesses, comparability of market sales transactions
and financial and operating performance, and concluded no impairment charge was required.
The Company reviews identified intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that
the related carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Company also tests intangible assets with indefinite lives at least
annually for impairment. Determining whether an impairment loss occurred requires a comparison of the carrying amount to
the sum of undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. These analyses require management to make
judgments and estimates about future revenues, expenses, market conditions and discount rates related to these assets.
If actual results are not consistent with management’s estimates and assumptions, goodwill and other intangible assets may be
overstated and a charge would need to be taken against net earnings which would adversely affect the Company’s financial
statements.
Contingent Liabilities: As discussed above under “—Liquidity and Capital Resources – Legal Proceedings”, the Company is,
from time to time, subject to a variety of litigation and similar contingent liabilities incidental to its business (or the business
operations of previously owned entities). The Company recognizes a liability for any contingency that is known or probable of
occurrence and reasonably estimable. These assessments require judgments concerning matters such as litigation developments
and outcomes, the anticipated outcome of negotiations, the number of future claims and the cost of both pending and future
claims. In addition, because most contingencies are resolved over long periods of time, liabilities may change in the future due
to various factors, including those discussed above under “—Liquidity and Capital Resources – Legal Proceedings”. If the
reserves established by the Company with respect to these contingent liabilities are inadequate, the Company would be required
to incur an expense equal to the amount of the loss incurred in excess of the reserves, which would adversely affect the
Company’s financial statements.
Revenue Recognition: The Company derives revenues from the sale of products and services. Refer to Note 1 to the
Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the Company’s revenue recognition policies.
Although most of the Company’s sales agreements contain standard terms and conditions, certain agreements contain multiple
elements or non-standard terms and conditions. As a result, judgment is sometimes required to determine the appropriate
accounting, including whether the deliverables specified in these agreements should be treated as separate units of accounting
for revenue recognition purposes, and, if so, how the consideration should be allocated among the elements and when to
recognize revenue for each element. The Company allocates revenue to each element in the contractual arrangement based on
a selling price hierarchy that, in some instances, may require the Company to estimate the selling price of certain deliverables
that are not sold separately or where third party evidence of pricing is not observable. The Company’s estimate of selling price
impacts the amount and timing of revenue recognized in multiple element arrangements. The Company also enters into lease
arrangements with customers, which requires the Company to determine whether the arrangements are operating or sales-type
leases. Certain of the Company’s lease contracts are customized for larger customers and often result in complex terms and
conditions that typically require significant judgment in applying the lease accounting criteria.
56
441583.10K.pdf 56
3/17/14 9:15 AM
If the Company's judgments regarding revenue recognition prove incorrect, the Company's revenues in particular periods may
be adversely affected.
Stock-Based Compensation: For a description of the Company’s stock-based compensation accounting practices, refer to
Note 18 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating
the fair value of stock-based payment awards require subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the awards, stock
price volatility and expected forfeiture rate. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based payment awards
represent the Company’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management
judgment. If actual results are not consistent with management’s assumptions and estimates, the Company’s equity-based
compensation expense could be materially different in the future.
Pension and Other Post-retirement Benefits: For a description of the Company’s pension and other post-retirement benefit
accounting practices, refer to Notes 11 and 12 in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Calculations of the
amount of pension and other post-retirement benefit costs and obligations depend on the assumptions used in the actuarial
valuations, including assumptions regarding discount rates, expected return on plan assets, rates of salary increases, health care
cost trend rates, mortality rates, and other factors. If the assumptions used in calculating pension and other post-retirement
benefits costs and obligations are incorrect or if the factors underlying the assumptions change (as a result of differences in
actual experience, changes in key economic indicators or other factors) the Company’s financial statements could be materially
affected. A 50 basis point reduction in the discount rates used for the plans would have increased the U.S. net obligation by
$130 million ($81 million on an after tax basis) and the non-U.S. net obligation by $109 million ($77 million on an after tax
basis) from the amounts recorded in the financial statements as of December 31, 2013.
For 2013, the estimated long-term rate of return for the U.S. plan is 7.5%, and the Company intends to use an assumption of
7.5% for 2014. This expected rate of return reflects the asset allocation of the plan and the expected long-term returns on
equity and debt investments included in plan assets. The U.S. plan targets to invest between 60% and 70% of its assets in
equity portfolios which are invested in funds that are expected to mirror broad market returns for equity securities or in assets
with characteristics similar to equity investments. The balance of the asset portfolio is generally invested in bond funds. The
Company’s non-U.S. plan assets consist of various insurance contracts, equity and debt securities as determined by the
administrator of each plan. The estimated long-term rate of return for the non-U.S. plans was determined on a plan by plan
basis based on the nature of the plan assets and ranged from 1.25% to 6.70%. If the expected long-term rate of return on plan
assets for 2013 was reduced by 50 basis points, pension expense for the U.S. and non-U.S. plans for 2013 would have increased
$9 million ($6 million on an after-tax basis) and $4 million ($3 million on an after-tax basis), respectively.
For a discussion of the Company’s 2013 and anticipated 2014 defined benefit pension plan contributions, please see “—
Liquidity and Capital Resources - Cash and Cash Requirements”.
Income Taxes: For a description of the Company's income tax accounting policies, refer to Notes 1 and 13 to the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company establishes valuation allowances for its deferred tax assets if it is more
likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized which requires management to make judgments and
estimates regarding: (1) the timing and amount of the reversal of taxable temporary differences, (2) expected future taxable
income, and (3) the impact of tax planning strategies. Future changes to tax rates would also impact the amounts of deferred
tax assets and liabilities and could have an adverse impact on the Company’s financial statements.
The Company provides for unrecognized tax benefits when, based upon the technical merits, it is “more-likely-than-not” that
an uncertain tax position will not be sustained upon examination. Judgment is required in evaluating tax positions and
determining income tax provisions. The Company re-evaluates the technical merits of its tax positions and may recognize an
uncertain tax benefit in certain circumstances, including when: (i) a tax audit is completed; (ii) applicable tax laws change,
including a tax case ruling or legislative guidance; or (iii) the applicable statute of limitations expires.
In addition, certain of the Company's tax returns are currently under review by tax authorities including in Denmark and
Germany (see “—Results of Operations – Income Taxes" and Note 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements).
Management believes the positions taken in these returns are in accordance with the relevant tax laws. However, the outcome
of these audits is uncertain and could result in the Company being required to record charges for prior year tax obligations
which could have a material adverse impact to the Company's financial statements, including its effective tax rate.
An increase in our nominal tax rate of 1.0% would have resulted in an additional income tax provision for continuing
operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 of $36 million.
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
None.
57
441583.10K.pdf 57
3/17/14 9:15 AM
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information required by this item is included under “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations.”
441583.10K.pdf 58
3/17/14 9:15 AM
58
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Report of Management on Danaher Corporation’s Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting for the Company. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2013. In making this assessment, the Company’s management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework” (1992
framework). Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2013, the Company’s internal control
over financial reporting is effective.
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting. This report dated February 21, 2014 appears on page 60 of this Form 10-K.
441583.10K.pdf 59
3/17/14 9:15 AM
59
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Danaher Corporation:
We have audited Danaher Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013,
based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations
of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) (the COSO criteria). Danaher Corporation and subsidiaries’ management is
responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Danaher Corporation’s
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over
financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and
operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Danaher Corporation and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on the COSO criteria. We also have audited, in accordance with the
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Danaher
Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of earnings,
comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013
and our report dated February 21, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
McLean, Virginia
February 21, 2014
441583.10K.pdf 60
3/17/14 9:15 AM
60
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Danaher Corporation:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Danaher Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31,
2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement
schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial
position of Danaher Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S.
generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth
therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
Danaher Corporation's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in
Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(1992 framework) and our report dated February 21, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
McLean, Virginia
February 21, 2014
441583.10K.pdf 61
3/17/14 9:15 AM
61
DANAHER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
($ and shares in millions, except per share amount)
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and equivalents
Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $121.5 and $121.4,
respectively
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
Investment in joint venture
Other assets
Goodwill
Other intangible assets, net
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt
Trade accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Total current liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Long-term debt
Stockholders’ Equity:
Common stock - $0.01 par value, 2.0 billion shares authorized; 785.7 and 774.6 issued;
698.1 and 687.5 outstanding, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Total Danaher stockholders’ equity
Non-controlling interests
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
As of December 31
2013
2012
$
3,115.2
$
1,678.7
$
$
3,451.6
1,783.5
763.4
9,113.7
2,211.3
—
1,061.3
16,038.2
6,247.7
3,267.3
1,813.4
828.4
7,587.8
2,140.9
548.3
858.0
15,462.0
6,344.0
34,672.2
$
32,941.0
62.3
$
1,778.2
2,686.9
4,527.4
4,256.7
3,436.7
7.9
4,157.6
18,005.3
214.5
22,385.3
66.1
22,451.4
55.5
1,546.3
2,604.3
4,206.1
4,363.4
5,287.6
7.7
3,688.1
15,379.9
(59.2)
19,016.5
67.4
19,083.9
32,941.0
$
34,672.2
$
See the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
441583.10K.pdf 62
3/17/14 9:15 AM
62
DANAHER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
($ and shares in millions, except per share data)
Sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating costs and other:
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Research and development expenses
Earnings from unconsolidated joint venture
Operating profit
Non-operating income (expense):
Gain on sale of unconsolidated joint venture
Gain on sale of marketable equity securities
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
Interest expense
Interest income
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes
Income taxes
Net earnings from continuing operations
Earnings from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
Net earnings
Net earnings per share from continuing operations:
Basic
Diluted
Net earnings per share from discontinued operations:
Basic
Diluted
Net earnings per share:
Basic
Diluted
Average common stock and common equivalent shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
Year Ended December 31
2013
2012
2011
$
$
19,118.0
(9,160.4)
9,957.6
$
18,260.4
(8,846.1)
9,414.3
16,090.5
(7,913.9)
8,176.6
(5,432.8)
(1,249.9)
—
3,274.9
229.8
201.5
—
(145.9)
5.7
3,566.0
(871.0)
2,695.0
—
2,695.0
3.87
3.80
$
$
$
— $
— $
3.87
3.80
$
$
696.0
711.0
(5,181.2)
(1,137.9)
69.9
3,165.1
—
—
—
(157.5)
3.2
3,010.8
(711.5)
2,299.3
92.9
2,392.2
3.32
3.23
0.13
0.13
3.45
3.36
693.4
713.1
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
(4,607.7)
(1,018.5)
66.8
2,617.2
—
—
(32.9)
(141.6)
5.1
2,447.8
(512.5)
1,935.3
237.0
2,172.3
2.86
2.77
0.35
0.34
3.21
3.11
676.2
701.2
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
See the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
441583.10K.pdf 63
3/17/14 9:15 AM
63
DANAHER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
($ in millions)
Net earnings
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes:
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Pension and post-retirement plan benefit adjustments
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes
Comprehensive income
Year Ended December 31
2013
2012
2011
$
2,695.0
$
2,392.2
$
2,172.3
(62.1)
289.0
46.8
273.7
2,968.7
$
90.8
(139.7)
26.6
(22.3)
2,369.9
$
(226.8)
(171.2)
15.7
(382.3)
1,790.0
$
See the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
441583.10K.pdf 64
3/17/14 9:15 AM
64
DANAHER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
($ and shares in millions)
Balance, January 1, 2011
Net earnings for the year
Other comprehensive loss
Dividends declared
Common stock issuance
Common stock-based award activity
Common stock issued in connection with LYONs’
conversions
Change in non-controlling interests
Balance, December 31, 2011
Net earnings for the year
Other comprehensive loss
Dividends declared
Common stock-based award activity
Common stock issued in connection with LYONs’
conversions
Purchase of stock (12.5 shares)
Change in non-controlling interests
Balance, December 31, 2012
Net earnings for the year
Other comprehensive income
Dividends declared
Common stock-based award activity
Common stock issued in connection with LYONs’
conversions
Change in non-controlling interests
Common Stock
Shares
Amount
Additional
Paid-
in Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Non-
Controlling
Interests
729.5
$
7.3
$
2,412.4
$
10,945.9
$
345.4
$
61.8
—
—
—
19.3
4.8
7.5
—
761.1
$
—
—
—
9.7
3.8
—
—
—
—
—
0.2
—
0.1
—
7.6
—
—
—
0.1
—
—
—
—
—
—
966.3
241.5
257.0
—
2,172.3
—
(61.3)
—
—
—
—
—
(382.3)
—
—
—
—
—
$
3,877.2
$
13,056.9
$
(36.9) $
—
—
—
321.7
137.6
(648.4)
—
2,392.2
—
(69.2)
—
—
—
—
—
(22.3)
—
—
—
—
—
774.6
$
7.7
$
3,688.1
$
15,379.9
$
(59.2) $
—
—
—
6.5
4.6
—
—
—
—
0.1
0.1
—
7.9
—
—
—
295.0
174.5
—
2,695.0
—
(69.6)
—
—
—
—
273.7
—
—
—
—
$
4,157.6
$
18,005.3
$
214.5
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
5.2
67.0
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.4
67.4
—
—
—
—
—
(1.3)
66.1
Balance, December 31, 2013
785.7
$
See the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
441583.10K.pdf 65
3/17/14 9:15 AM
65
DANAHER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
($ in millions)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net earnings
Less earnings from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
Net earnings from continuing operations
Non-cash items:
Depreciation
Amortization
Stock-based compensation expense
Earnings from unconsolidated joint venture, net of cash dividends received
Pre-tax gain on sale of unconsolidated joint venture
Pre-tax gain on sale of marketable equity securities
Change in deferred income taxes
Change in trade accounts receivable, net
Change in inventories
Change in trade accounts payable
Change in prepaid expenses and other assets
Change in accrued expenses and other liabilities
Total operating cash provided by continuing operations
Total operating cash used in discontinued operations
Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash paid for acquisitions
Payments for additions to property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of unconsolidated joint venture
Proceeds from sale of marketable equity securities
All other investing activities
Total investing cash used in continuing operations
Total investing cash used in discontinued operations
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock
Payment of dividends
Purchase of stock
Net (repayments of) proceeds from borrowings (maturities of 90 days or less)
Proceeds from borrowings (maturities longer than 90 days)
Repayments of borrowings (maturities longer than 90 days)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and equivalents
Net change in cash and equivalents
Beginning balance of cash and equivalents
Ending balance of cash and equivalents
Year Ended December 31
2013
2012
2011
$
2,695.0
$
2,392.2
$
92.9
2,299.3
497.8
342.0
109.9
(25.4)
—
—
184.9
(79.7)
69.8
57.0
(100.3)
146.8
3,502.1
(87.1)
3,415.0
(1,796.8)
(458.3)
—
—
30.0
2,172.3
237.0
1,935.3
350.7
284.3
95.6
(18.4)
—
—
271.4
(135.3)
162.0
36.6
(111.0)
(139.1)
2,732.1
(105.8)
2,626.3
(6,210.8)
(334.5)
—
—
23.4
—
2,695.0
529.9
365.1
117.7
66.6
(229.8)
(201.5)
254.6
(48.7)
62.9
182.6
(120.2)
(88.9)
3,585.3
—
3,585.3
(957.2)
(551.5)
707.4
251.2
(2.4)
(552.5)
—
—
(2,225.1)
(6,521.9)
—
337.5
(5.5)
680.1
(552.5)
(1,887.6)
(5,847.3)
177.4
(52.1)
—
(763.3)
—
(967.8)
(1,605.8)
9.5
1,436.5
1,678.7
212.0
(86.4)
(648.4)
195.9
—
(61.5)
(388.4)
2.7
1,141.7
537.0
$
3,115.2
$
1,678.7
$
1,112.5
(61.3)
—
854.0
1,785.8
(1,602.4)
2,088.6
36.4
(1,096.0)
1,633.0
537.0
See the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
66
441583.10K.pdf 66
3/17/14 9:15 AM
(1) BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Business—Danaher Corporation (the “Company”) designs, manufactures and markets professional, medical, industrial and
commercial products and services, which are typically characterized by strong brand names, innovative technology and major
market positions. The Company operates in five business segments: Test & Measurement, Environmental, Life Sciences &
Diagnostics, Dental and Industrial Technologies.
The Company’s Test & Measurement segment is a leading global provider of electronic measurement instruments, professional
test tools, thermal imaging and calibration equipment used in electrical, industrial, electronic and calibration applications. The
Company offers test, measurement and monitoring products that are used in electronic design, manufacturing and advanced
technology development; network monitoring, management and optimization tools; and security solutions for communications
and enterprise networks. Also included in the Test & Measurement segment are the Company’s mobile tool and wheel service
businesses.
The Company’s Environmental segment provides products that help protect the water supply and air quality by serving two
primary markets: water quality and retail/commercial petroleum. The Company’s water quality business is a global leader in
water quality analysis and treatment, providing instrumentation and disinfection systems to help analyze and manage the
quality of ultra pure water, potable water, wastewater, ground water and ocean water in residential, commercial, industrial and
natural resource applications. The Company’s retail/commercial petroleum business is a leading worldwide provider of
solutions and services focused on fuel dispensing, remote fuel management, point-of-sale systems, payment systems,
environmental compliance, vehicle tracking and fleet management.
In the Life Sciences & Diagnostics segment, the Company’s diagnostics businesses offer a broad range of analytical
instruments, reagents, consumables, software and services that hospitals, physician’s offices, reference laboratories and other
critical care settings use to diagnose disease and make treatment decisions. The Company’s life sciences businesses offer a
broad range of research and clinical tools that scientists use to study cells and cell components to understand the causes of
disease, identify new therapies and test new drugs and vaccines.
The Company’s Dental segment is a leading worldwide provider of a broad range of dental consumables, equipment and
services that are used to diagnose, treat and prevent disease and ailments of the teeth, gums and supporting bone, and to
improve the aesthetics of the human smile.
The Company’s Industrial Technologies segment is a leading global provider of equipment, consumables and software for
various printing, marking, coding, design and color management applications on consumer and industrial products. The
segment is also a leading global provider of electromechanical motion control solutions for the industrial automation and
packaging markets. In addition to the product identification and motion strategic lines of business, the Industrial Technologies
segment also includes the Company's sensors and controls, energetic materials and engine retarder businesses.
Accounting Principles—The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation. The consolidated
financial statements also reflect the impact of non-controlling interests. Non-controlling interests do not have a significant
impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, therefore earnings and earnings per share attributable to non-
controlling interests are not presented separately in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Earnings attributable
to non-controlling interests have been reflected in selling, general and administrative expenses and were insignificant in all
periods presented. Reclassifications of certain prior year amounts have been made to conform to the current year presentation.
Use of Estimates—The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities,
revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The Company bases these estimates on
historical experience, the current economic environment and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable
under the circumstances. However, uncertainties associated with these estimates exist and actual results may differ from these
estimates.
Cash and Equivalents—The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the date
of purchase to be cash equivalents.
441583.10K.pdf 67
3/17/14 9:15 AM
67
Accounts Receivable and Allowances for Doubtful Accounts—All trade accounts, contract and finance receivables are reported
on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets adjusted for any write-offs and net of allowances for doubtful accounts.
The allowances for doubtful accounts represent management’s best estimate of the credit losses expected from the Company’s
trade accounts, contract and finance receivable portfolios. Determination of the allowances requires management to exercise
judgment about the timing, frequency and severity of credit losses that could materially affect the provision for credit losses
and, therefore, net earnings. The Company regularly performs detailed reviews of its portfolios to determine if an impairment
has occurred and evaluates the collectability of receivables based on a combination of various financial and qualitative factors
that may affect customers’ ability to pay, including customers’ financial condition, collateral, debt-servicing ability, past
payment experience and credit bureau information. In circumstances where the Company is aware of a specific customer’s
inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve is recorded against amounts due to reduce the recognized receivable
to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. Additions to the allowances for doubtful accounts are charged to current
period earnings, amounts determined to be uncollectible are charged directly against the allowances, while amounts recovered
on previously written-off accounts increase the allowances. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to
deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional reserves would be required. The Company
does not believe that accounts receivable represent significant concentrations of credit risk because of the diversified portfolio
of individual customers and geographical areas. The Company recorded $30 million associated with doubtful accounts for the
year ended December 31, 2013 and $40 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.
Included in the Company’s trade accounts receivable and other long-term assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are $224
million and $175 million of net aggregate financing receivables, respectively. All financing receivables are evaluated
collectively for impairment due to the homogeneous nature of the portfolio.
Inventory Valuation—Inventories include the costs of material, labor and overhead. Domestic inventories are stated at the
lower of cost or market primarily using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method with certain businesses applying the last-in, first-
out method (“LIFO”) to value inventory. Inventories held outside the United States are stated at the lower of cost or market
primarily using the FIFO method.
Property, Plant and Equipment—Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost. The provision for depreciation has been
computed principally by the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets as follows:
Category
Buildings
Leased assets and leasehold improvements
Machinery and equipment
Customer-leased instruments
Useful Life
30 years
Amortized over the lesser of the economic life of the
asset or the term of the lease
3 – 10 years
5 – 7 years
Estimated useful lives are periodically reviewed and, when appropriate, changes to estimates are made prospectively.
Investments—Investments over which the Company has a significant influence but not a controlling interest, are accounted for
using the equity method of accounting. Equity investments are recorded at the amount of the Company’s initial investment and
adjusted each period for the Company’s share of the investee’s income or loss and dividends paid. All equity investments are
periodically reviewed to determine if declines in fair value below cost basis are other-than-temporary. Significant and
sustained decreases in quoted market prices or a series of historic and projected operating losses by investees are strong
indicators of other-than-temporary declines. If the decline in fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary, an
impairment loss is recorded and the investment is written down to a new carrying value.
Investments accounted for under the cost method are classified as available-for-sale securities and carried at market value, if
readily determinable, or at cost. Gains and losses realized on the sale of these securities are accounted for using average cost.
Unrealized gains or losses on securities classified as available-for-sale are recorded in stockholders’ equity as a component of
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
Other Assets—Other assets principally include non-current trade receivables, non-current deferred tax assets, other investments
and capitalized costs associated with obtaining financings which are amortized over the term of the related debt.
441583.10K.pdf 68
3/17/14 9:15 AM
68
Fair Value of Financial Instruments—The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents,
trade accounts receivable, available-for-sale securities, obligations under trade accounts payable and short and long-term debt.
Due to their short-term nature, the carrying values for cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable and trade accounts
payable approximate fair value. Refer to Note 8 for the fair values of the Company’s available-for-sale securities and other
obligations.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets—Goodwill and other intangible assets result from the Company’s acquisition of existing
businesses. In accordance with accounting standards related to business combinations, goodwill is not amortized, however,
certain definite-lived identifiable intangible assets, primarily customer relationships and acquired technology, are amortized
over their estimated useful lives. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized. In-process research and
development ("IPR&D") is initially capitalized at fair value and when the IPR&D project is complete, the asset is considered a
finite-lived intangible asset and amortized over its estimated useful life. If an IPR&D project is abandoned, an impairment loss
equal to the value of the intangible asset is recorded in the period of abandonment. The Company reviews identified intangible
assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amounts may not be
recoverable. The Company also tests intangible assets with indefinite lives at least annually for impairment. Refer to Notes 2
and 7 for additional information about the Company's goodwill and other intangible assets.
Revenue Recognition—As described above, the Company derives revenues primarily from the sale of test and measurement,
environmental, life science and diagnostic, dental and industrial technologies products and services. For revenue related to a
product or service to qualify for recognition, there must be persuasive evidence of an arrangement with a customer, delivery
must have occurred or the services must have been rendered, the price to the customer must be fixed and determinable and
collectability of the associated fee must be reasonably assured. The Company’s principal terms of sale are FOB Shipping
Point, or equivalent, and, as such, the Company primarily records revenue for product sales upon shipment. Sales
arrangements entered with delivery terms that are not FOB Shipping Point are not recognized upon shipment and the delivery
criteria for revenue recognition is evaluated based on the associated shipping terms and customer obligations. If any significant
obligation to the customer with respect to a sales transaction remains to be fulfilled following shipment (typically installation or
acceptance by the customer), revenue recognition is deferred until such obligations have been fulfilled. Returns for products
sold are estimated and recorded as a reduction of revenue at the time of sale. Customer allowances and rebates, consisting
primarily of volume discounts and other short-term incentive programs, are recorded as a reduction of revenue at the time of
sale because these allowances reflect a reduction in the purchase price. Product returns, customer allowances and rebates are
estimated based on historical experience and known trends. Revenue related to separately priced extended warranty and
product maintenance agreements is deferred when appropriate and recognized as revenue over the term of the agreement.
Certain of the Company’s revenues relate to operating-type lease (“OTL”) arrangements. Instrument lease revenue for OTL
agreements is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease, and the costs of customer-leased instruments are
recorded within property, plant and equipment in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and depreciated over its
estimated useful life. The depreciation expense is reflected in cost of sales in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Earnings. The OTLs are generally not cancellable until after the first two years. Certain of the Company’s lease contracts are
customized for larger customers and often result in complex terms and conditions that typically require significant judgment in
applying the criteria used to evaluate whether the arrangement should be considered an OTL or a “sales-type” lease. A sales-
type lease would result in earlier recognition of instrument revenue as compared to an OTL.
Revenues for contractual arrangements consisting of multiple elements (i.e., deliverables) are recognized for the separate
elements when the product or services that are part of the multiple element arrangement have value on a stand-alone basis and,
in arrangements that include a general right of refund relative to the delivered element, performance of the undelivered element
is considered probable and substantially in the Company’s control. Certain customer arrangements include multiple elements,
typically hardware, installation, training, consulting, services and/or post contract support (“PCS”). Generally, these elements
are delivered within the same reporting period, except PCS or other services, for which revenue is recognized over the service
period. The Company allocates revenue to each element in the arrangement using the selling price hierarchy and based on each
element's relative selling price. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”)
if available, third party evidence (“TPE”) if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price (“ESP”) if neither VSOE or TPE
is available. The Company considers relevant internal and external market factors in cases where the Company is required to
estimate selling prices. Allocation of the consideration is determined at the arrangements’ inception.
Shipping and Handling—Shipping and handling costs are included as a component of cost of sales. Revenue derived from
shipping and handling costs billed to customers is included in sales.
Research and Development—The Company conducts research and development activities for the purpose of developing new
products, enhancing the functionality, effectiveness, ease of use and reliability of the Company’s existing products and
69
441583.10K.pdf 69
3/17/14 9:15 AM
expanding the applications for which uses of the Company’s products are appropriate. Research and development costs are
expensed as incurred.
Income Taxes—The Company’s income tax expense represents the tax liability for the current year, the tax benefit or expense
for the net change in deferred tax liabilities and assets during the year, as well as reserves for unrecognized tax benefits and
return to provision adjustments. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the difference between the financial
statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted rates expected to be in effect during the year in which the
differences reverse. Deferred tax assets generally represent items that can be used as a tax deduction or credit in the
Company’s tax return in future years for which the tax benefit has already been reflected on the Company’s Consolidated
Statements of Earnings. The Company establishes valuation allowances for its deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not
that some or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Deferred tax liabilities generally represent items that have already
been taken as a deduction on the Company’s tax return but have not yet been recognized as an expense in the Company’s
Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities due to a change in tax rates is recognized
in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company provides for unrecognized tax benefits
when, based upon the technical merits, it is “more-likely-than-not” that an uncertain tax position will not be sustained upon
examination. Judgment is required in evaluating tax positions and determining income tax provisions. The Company re-
evaluates the technical merits of its tax positions and may recognize an uncertain tax benefit in certain circumstances, including
when: (i) a tax audit is completed; (ii) applicable tax laws change, including a tax case ruling or legislative guidance; or (iii)
the applicable statute of limitations expires. The Company recognizes potential accrued interest and penalties associated with
unrecognized tax positions in income tax expense. Refer to Note 13 for additional information.
Restructuring—The Company periodically initiates restructuring activities to appropriately position the Company’s cost base
relative to prevailing economic conditions and associated customer demand as well as in connection with certain acquisitions.
Costs associated with restructuring actions can include one-time termination benefits and related charges in addition to facility
closure, contract termination and other related activities. The Company records the cost of the restructuring activities when the
associated liability is incurred. Refer to Note 15 for additional information.
Foreign Currency Translation—Exchange rate adjustments resulting from foreign currency transactions are recognized in net
earnings, whereas effects resulting from the translation of financial statements are reflected as a component of accumulated
other comprehensive income (loss) within stockholders’ equity. Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries operating outside the
United States with a functional currency other than U.S. dollars are translated into U.S. dollars using year end exchange rates
and income statement accounts are translated at weighted average rates. Net foreign currency transaction gains or losses were
not material in any of the years presented.
Derivative Financial Instruments—The Company is neither a dealer nor a trader in derivative instruments. The Company has
generally accepted the exposure to exchange rate movements without using derivative instruments to manage this risk. The
Company will periodically enter into foreign currency forward contracts not exceeding twelve months to mitigate a portion of
its foreign currency exchange risk. When utilized, the derivative instruments are recorded on the balance sheet as either an
asset or liability measured at fair value. To the extent the foreign currency forward contract qualifies as an effective hedge,
changes in fair value are recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity. The Company’s use of
foreign currency forward contracts during 2013 was not significant and no such contracts were outstanding as of December 31,
2013. The Company is also party to a foreign currency swap agreement acquired as a part of a business combination. The
currency swap does not qualify for hedge accounting, and, as a result, changes in the fair value of the currency swap are
reflected in earnings. Refer to Note 8 for additional information.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)—Effective January 1, 2013, the Company adopted accounting guidance
that requires the Company to separately disclose, on a prospective basis, the change in each component of other comprehensive
income (loss) relating to reclassification adjustments and current period other comprehensive income (loss). As the guidance
relates to presentation only, the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company's results of operations, financial
position or cash flows.
Foreign currency translation adjustments are generally not adjusted for income taxes as they relate to indefinite investments in
non-U.S. subsidiaries.
441583.10K.pdf 70
3/17/14 9:15 AM
70
The changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component for the years ended 2011, 2012 and 2013,
respectively, are summarized below ($ in millions).
Balance, January 1, 2011
Net current period other comprehensive income (loss):
Increase (decrease)
Income tax (expense) benefit
Net current period other comprehensive income (loss),
net of income taxes
Balance, December 31, 2011
Net current period other comprehensive income (loss):
Increase (decrease)
Income tax (expense) benefit
Net current period other comprehensive income (loss),
net of income taxes
Balance, December 31, 2012
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications:
Increase (decrease)
Income tax (expense) benefit
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications,
net of income taxes
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss):
Increase (decrease)
Income tax (expense) benefit
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes
Net current period other comprehensive income (loss),
net of income taxes
Balance, December 31, 2013
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
$
611.3
Pension and
Post-
Retirement
Plan Benefit
Adjustments
(344.8)
$
Unrealized
Gain on
Available-For-
Sale Securities
Total
$
78.9
$
345.4
(226.8)
—
(226.8)
384.5
90.8
—
90.8
475.3
(62.1)
—
(261.9)
90.7
(171.2)
(516.0)
(224.6)
84.9
(139.7)
(655.7)
424.0
(155.5)
30.0
(14.3)
15.7
94.6
42.5
(15.9)
26.6
121.2
276.3
(104.5)
(458.7)
76.4
(382.3)
(36.9)
(91.3)
69.0
(22.3)
(59.2)
638.2
(260.0)
(62.1)
268.5
171.8
378.2
—
—
—
32.0 (1)
(11.5)
(201.5) (2)
76.5
(169.5)
65.0
20.5
(125.0)
(104.5)
(62.1)
413.2
$
289.0
(366.7)
$
$
46.8
168.0
$
273.7
214.5
(1) Included in the computation of net periodic pension and post-retirement cost (refer to Notes 11 and 12 for additional details).
(2) Recorded as gain on sale of marketable equity securities in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Earnings (refer to Note 14 for
additional details).
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—The Company accounts for stock-based compensation by measuring the cost of
employee services received in exchange for all equity awards granted, including stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”)
and restricted shares, based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. Equity-based compensation expense is
recognized net of an estimated forfeiture rate on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, except that
in the case of RSUs, compensation expense is recognized using an accelerated attribution method.
Pension & Post-Retirement Benefit Plans—The Company measures its pension and post-retirement plans’ assets and its
obligations that determine the respective plan’s funded status as of the end of the Company’s fiscal year, and recognizes an
asset for a plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status in its balance sheet. Changes in the funded
status of the plans are recognized in the year in which the changes occur and reported in comprehensive income (loss).
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements—None.
441583.10K.pdf 71
3/17/14 9:15 AM
71
(2) ACQUISITIONS
The Company continually evaluates potential acquisitions that either strategically fit with the Company’s existing portfolio or
expand the Company’s portfolio into a new and attractive business area. The Company has completed a number of acquisitions
that have been accounted for as purchases and have resulted in the recognition of goodwill in the Company’s financial
statements. This goodwill arises because the purchase prices for these businesses reflect a number of factors including the
future earnings and cash flow potential of these businesses, the multiple to earnings, cash flow and other factors at which
similar businesses have been purchased by other acquirers, the competitive nature of the processes by which the Company
acquired the businesses and the complementary strategic fit and resulting synergies these businesses bring to existing
operations.
The Company makes an initial allocation of the purchase price at the date of acquisition based upon its understanding of the
fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities. The Company obtains this information during due diligence and
through other sources. In the months after closing, as the Company obtains additional information about these assets and
liabilities, including through tangible and intangible asset appraisals, and learns more about the newly acquired business, it is
able to refine the estimates of fair value and more accurately allocate the purchase price. Only items identified as of the
acquisition date are considered for subsequent adjustment. The Company is continuing to evaluate certain pre-acquisition
contingencies associated with certain of its 2013 acquisitions and is also in the process of obtaining valuations of acquired
intangible assets and certain acquisition related liabilities in connection with these acquisitions. The Company will make
appropriate adjustments to the purchase price allocation prior to completion of the measurement period, as required. The
Company evaluated whether any adjustments to the prior year purchase price allocations were material and concluded no
retrospective adjustment to prior year financial statements was required.
The following briefly describes the Company’s acquisition activity for the three years ended December 31, 2013.
During 2013, the Company acquired fourteen businesses for total consideration of $957 million in cash, net of cash acquired.
The businesses acquired complement existing units of the Industrial Technologies, Life Sciences & Diagnostics, Environmental
and Test & Measurement segments. The aggregate annual sales of these fourteen businesses at the time of their respective
acquisitions, in each case based on the company’s revenues for its last completed fiscal year prior to the acquisition, were
approximately $300 million. The Company preliminarily recorded an aggregate of $585 million of goodwill related to these
acquisitions.
During 2012, the Company acquired fourteen businesses for total consideration of $1.8 billion in cash, net of cash acquired.
The businesses acquired complement existing units of each of the Company's five segments. The aggregate annual sales of
these fourteen businesses at the time of their respective acquisitions, in each case based on the company’s revenues for its last
completed fiscal year prior to the acquisition, were $666 million. The Company recorded an aggregate of $1.0 billion of
goodwill related to these acquisitions.
On June 30, 2011, following the successful completion of the Company’s tender offer for all of the outstanding shares of
common stock of Beckman Coulter, Inc. (“Beckman Coulter”), the Company completed the acquisition of Beckman Coulter by
merging one of its indirect, wholly-owned subsidiaries with and into Beckman Coulter such that Beckman Coulter became an
indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Beckman Coulter had revenues of $3.7 billion in 2010, and is included in
the Company’s Life Sciences & Diagnostics segment from the acquisition date. The Company recorded an aggregate of $3.7
billion of goodwill related to the acquisition of Beckman Coulter. The Company obtained control of Beckman Coulter on
June 24, 2011 and, as a result, the earnings of Beckman Coulter are reflected in the Company’s results from June 25, 2011
forward.
The Company paid $5.5 billion in cash (net of $450 million of cash acquired) to acquire all of the outstanding shares of
common stock of Beckman Coulter and assumed $1.6 billion of indebtedness in connection with the acquisition. The Company
financed the acquisition of Beckman Coulter using (1) $2.3 billion of available cash, (2) net proceeds, after expenses and the
underwriters’ discount, of $966 million from the underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock on June 21,
2011, (3) net proceeds, after expenses and the underwriters’ discount, of $1.8 billion from the underwritten public offering of
senior unsecured notes on June 23, 2011, and (4) net proceeds from the sale of additional commercial paper under the
Company’s U.S. commercial paper program prior to the closing of the acquisition.
441583.10K.pdf 72
3/17/14 9:15 AM
72
In addition to the acquisition of Beckman Coulter, during 2011, the Company completed the acquisition of thirteen other
businesses (including the acquisition of EskoArtwork, a leading full-service solutions provider for the digital packaging design
and production market) for total consideration of $669 million in cash, net of cash acquired. The additional businesses
acquired complement existing units of each of the Company's five segments. The aggregate annual sales of these thirteen
businesses at the time of their respective acquisitions, in each case based on the acquired company’s revenues for its last
completed fiscal year prior to the acquisition, were $325 million. The Company recorded an aggregate of $419 million of
goodwill related to these acquisitions.
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition
for all acquisitions consummated during 2013, 2012 and 2011 ($ in millions):
Trade accounts receivable
Inventories
Property, plant and equipment
Goodwill
Other intangible assets, primarily customer relationships, trade names and
patents
In-process research and development
Trade accounts payable
Other assets and liabilities, net
Assumed debt
Attributable to non-controlling interest
Net cash consideration
2013
2012
2011
90.2
10.4
46.6
584.7
372.6
—
(24.2)
(101.6)
(21.2)
(0.3)
957.2
$
105.4
$
97.0
87.5
1,015.7
768.3
61.5
(50.8)
(287.7)
—
(0.1)
1,796.8
$
$
859.5
812.4
1,042.1
4,164.7
2,866.5
48.9
(278.2)
(1,662.9)
(1,640.4)
(1.8)
6,210.8
$
$
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition
for the individually significant acquisition in 2011 discussed above, and all of the other 2011 acquisitions as a group ($ in
millions):
Trade accounts receivable
Inventories
Property, plant and equipment
Goodwill
Other intangible assets, primarily customer relationships, trade names
and patents
In-process research and development
Trade accounts payable
Other assets and liabilities, net
Assumed debt
Attributable to non-controlling interest
Net cash consideration
Beckman Coulter
Others
Total
$
783.3
$
774.0
1,036.2
3,745.8
2,612.1
48.9
(257.3)
(1,561.0)
(1,640.4)
—
$
5,541.6
$
76.2
38.4
5.9
418.9
254.4
—
(20.9)
(101.9)
—
(1.8)
669.2
$
$
859.5
812.4
1,042.1
4,164.7
2,866.5
48.9
(278.2)
(1,662.9)
(1,640.4)
(1.8)
6,210.8
Transaction related costs and acquisition related fair value adjustments were not material to 2013 and 2012 earnings. During
2011, in connection with completed acquisitions, the Company incurred $57 million of pre-tax transaction related costs,
primarily banking fees, legal fees, amounts paid to other third party advisers and change in control costs. In addition, the
Company’s earnings for 2011 reflect the impact of additional pre-tax charges totaling $117 million associated with fair value
adjustments to acquired inventory and acquired deferred revenue related to significant acquisitions.
441583.10K.pdf 73
3/17/14 9:15 AM
73
Pro Forma Financial Information (Unaudited)
The unaudited pro forma information for the periods set forth below gives effect to the 2013 and 2012 acquisitions as if they
had occurred as of January 1, 2012. The pro forma information is presented for informational purposes only and is not
necessarily indicative of the results of operations that actually would have been achieved had the acquisitions been
consummated as of that time ($ in millions except per share amounts):
Sales
Net earnings from continuing operations
Diluted net earnings per share from continuing operations
(3) DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
2013
2012
$
19,263.1
$
18,891.7
2,698.4
3.80
2,322.6
3.27
In January 2012, the Company completed the sale of its integrated scanning system business (the Accu-Sort ("ASI") business)
for a sale price of $132 million in cash. In addition, in February 2012, the Company completed the sale of its Kollmorgen
Electro-Optical ("KEO") business for a sale price of $205 million in cash. These businesses were part of the Industrial
Technologies segment. The businesses had combined annual revenues of $275 million in 2011. The Company recorded an
aggregate after-tax gain on the sale of these businesses of $94 million or $0.13 per diluted share in its first quarter 2012 results.
In April 2011, the Company completed the divestiture of its Pacific Scientific Aerospace (“PSA”) business for a sale price of
$680 million in cash. This business, which was part of the Industrial Technologies segment had annual revenues of $377
million in 2010. The Company recorded an after-tax gain on the sale of PSA of $202 million or $0.29 per diluted share in its
second quarter 2011 results.
The Company has reported the ASI, KEO and PSA businesses as discontinued operations in its consolidated financial
statements. Accordingly, the results of operations for all periods presented reflect these businesses as discontinued operations.
The Company allocated a portion of the consolidated interest expense to discontinued operations based on the ratio of the
discontinued businesses’ net assets to the Company’s consolidated net assets.
The key components of income from discontinued operations for the years ended December 31 were as follows ($ in millions):
Net sales
Operating expenses
Allocated interest expense
(Loss) earnings before income taxes
Income tax benefit (expense)
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations
Gain on sale, net of $55.0 million and $126.0 million of related income taxes for the years
ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively
Earnings from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
2012
2011
$
9.9
(11.2)
—
(1.3)
0.5
(0.8)
93.7
92.9
$
385.8
(328.3)
(2.0)
55.5
(20.2)
35.3
201.7
237.0
$
$
(4) SALE OF JOINT VENTURE
On July 4, 2010, the Company entered into a joint venture with Cooper Industries, plc (“Cooper”), combining certain of the
Company’s hand tool businesses with Cooper’s Tools business to form a new entity called Apex Tool Group, LLC (“Apex”).
During the period that Cooper and the Company owned Apex, each of Cooper and the Company owned a 50% interest in Apex
and had an equal number of representatives on Apex’s Board of Directors. Neither joint venture partner controlled the
significant operating and financing activities of Apex. The Company accounted for its investment in the joint venture based on
the equity method of accounting.
In February 2013, the Company and Cooper sold Apex to an unrelated third party for approximately $1.6 billion. The
Company received $797 million from the sale, consisting of cash of $759 million (including $67 million of dividends received
prior to closing) and a note receivable of $38 million. The Company recognized an after-tax gain of $144 million or $0.20 per
diluted share in connection with this transaction. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had collected the majority of this
note receivable.
74
441583.10K.pdf 74
3/17/14 9:15 AM
The gain is computed as the difference between the book value of the Company's investment in Apex at the time of sale and the
fair value of the consideration received in exchange, as indicated in the table below ($ in millions):
Fair value of consideration received:
Cash, including $66.6 of dividends received during 2013 prior to the closing of the sale
Note receivable
Total fair value of consideration received
Less book value of investment in unconsolidated joint venture
Less other related costs and expenses
Pre-tax gain on sale of unconsolidated joint venture
Income tax expense
After-tax gain on sale of unconsolidated joint venture
$
$
758.6
38.5
797.1
545.6
21.7
229.8
86.2
143.6
The Company's share of the 2013 earnings generated by Apex prior to the closing of the sale was insignificant. The Company
recorded $70 million and $67 million related to its equity in the earnings of Apex during the years ended December 31, 2012
and 2011, respectively, reflecting its 50% ownership position. Subsequent to the sale of its investment in Apex, the Company
has no continuing involvement in Apex's operations.
(5) INVENTORIES
The classes of inventory as of December 31 are summarized as follows ($ in millions):
Finished goods
Work in process
Raw materials
Total
2013
2012
885.9
$
287.0
610.6
899.9
291.2
622.3
1,783.5
$
1,813.4
$
$
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the difference between inventories valued at LIFO and the value of that same inventory if
the FIFO method had been used was not significant. The liquidation of LIFO inventory did not have a significant impact on the
Company’s results of operations in any period presented.
(6) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
The classes of property, plant and equipment as of December 31 are summarized as follows ($ in millions):
Land and improvements
Buildings
Machinery and equipment
Customer-leased instruments
Gross property, plant and equipment
Less accumulated depreciation
Property, plant and equipment, net
2013
2012
$
189.7
$
1,010.1
2,279.0
1,032.0
4,510.8
(2,299.5)
2,211.3
$
$
181.0
954.1
2,210.8
757.3
4,103.2
(1,962.3)
2,140.9
441583.10K.pdf 75
3/17/14 9:15 AM
75
(7) GOODWILL & OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
As discussed in Note 2, goodwill arises from the purchase price for acquired businesses exceeding the fair value of tangible and
intangible assets acquired less assumed liabilities and non-controlling interests. Management assesses the goodwill of each of
its reporting units for impairment at least annually at the beginning of the fourth quarter and as “triggering” events occur that
indicate that it is more likely than not that an impairment exists. The Company elected to bypass the optional qualitative
goodwill assessment allowed by applicable accounting standards since 2012 and performed a quantitative impairment test for
all reporting units as this was determined to be the most effective method to assess for impairment across a large spectrum of
reporting units.
The Company estimates the fair value of its reporting units primarily using a market approach, based on current trading
multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) for companies operating in businesses
similar to each of the Company's reporting units, in addition to recent available market sale transactions of comparable
businesses. In certain circumstances the Company also estimates fair value utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis (i.e., an
income approach) in order to validate the results of the market approach. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less
than its carrying value, the Company must perform additional analysis to determine if the reporting unit's goodwill has been
impaired.
As of December 31, 2013, the Company had twenty-two reporting units for goodwill impairment testing. The carrying value of
the goodwill included in each individual reporting unit ranges from $7 million to approximately $4.4 billion. No "triggering"
events have occurred subsequent to the performance of the annual impairment test and no goodwill impairment charges were
recorded for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. The factors used by management in its impairment analysis
are inherently subject to uncertainty. If actual results are not consistent with management’s estimates and assumptions,
goodwill and other intangible assets may be overstated and a charge would need to be taken against net earnings.
The following table shows the rollforward of goodwill reflected in the financial statements resulting from the Company’s
activities during 2013 and 2012 ($ in millions).
Test &
Measurement
Environmental
Life
Sciences &
Diagnostics
Dental
Industrial
Technologies
Total
Balance, January 1, 2012
$
3,038.0
$
1,449.2
$ 5,842.0
$ 2,122.1
$ 2,023.0
$ 14,474.3
Attributable to 2012 acquisitions
Foreign currency translation & other
Balance, December 31, 2012
Attributable to 2013 acquisitions
Foreign currency translation & other
187.9
(3.8)
104.6
1.1
3,222.1
1,554.9
67.2
(22.4)
214.1
82.4
Balance, December 31, 2013
$
3,266.9
$
1,851.4
356.2
(59.3)
6,138.9
256.4
(90.5)
$ 6,304.8
32.6
13.3
334.4
20.7
2,168.0
2,378.1
1,015.7
(28.0)
15,462.0
—
28.6
$ 2,196.6
47.0
(6.6)
$ 2,418.5
584.7
(8.5)
$ 16,038.2
Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their legal or estimated useful life. The following summarizes the gross
carrying value and accumulated amortization for each major category of intangible asset ($ in millions):
December 31, 2013
December 31, 2012
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Finite-lived intangibles:
Patents and technology
Customer relationships and other intangibles
Total finite-lived intangibles
Indefinite-lived intangibles:
Trademarks and trade names
Total intangibles
3,640.0
5,016.5
2,961.5
$
7,978.0
$
$
1,376.5
$
(606.4) $
1,289.2
$
(1,123.9)
(1,730.3)
3,528.1
4,817.3
(499.5)
(863.8)
(1,363.3)
—
(1,730.3) $
2,890.0
7,707.3
$
—
(1,363.3)
During 2013, the Company acquired finite-lived intangible assets, consisting primarily of customer relationships, with a
weighted average life of 14 years. Refer to Note 2 for additional information on the intangible assets acquired.
76
441583.10K.pdf 76
3/17/14 9:15 AM
Total intangible amortization expense in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $365 million, $342 million and $284 million, respectively.
Based on the intangible assets recorded as of December 31, 2013, amortization expense is estimated to be $376 million during
2014, $339 million during 2015, $305 million during 2016, $274 million during 2017 and $247 million during 2018.
(8) FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Accounting standards define fair value based on an exit price model, establish a framework for measuring fair value where the
Company’s assets and liabilities are required to be carried at fair value and provide for certain disclosures related to the
valuation methods used within a valuation hierarchy as established within the accounting standards. This hierarchy prioritizes
the inputs into three broad levels as follows. Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets
or liabilities. Level 2 inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or
similar assets in markets that are not active, or other observable characteristics for the asset or liability, including interest rates,
yield curves and credit risks, or inputs that are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data through
correlation. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs based on the Company’s assumptions. A financial asset or liability’s
classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement
in its entirety.
A summary of financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 and
2012 were as follows ($ in millions):
Quoted Prices in
Active Market
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Total
December 31, 2013:
Assets:
Available-for-sale securities
Currency swap agreement
Liabilities:
Deferred compensation plans
December 31, 2012:
Assets:
$
385.2
— $
—
Available-for-sale securities
$
329.5
Liabilities:
Deferred compensation plans
Currency swap agreement
— $
—
—
0.1
70.1
—
64.5
24.9
— $
—
—
385.2
0.1
70.1
— $
329.5
—
—
64.5
24.9
Available-for-sale securities are measured at fair value using quoted market prices in an active market and are included in other
long-term assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The Company has established nonqualified deferred compensation programs that permit officers, directors and certain
management employees to defer a portion of their compensation, on a pre-tax basis, until after their termination of employment
(or board service, as applicable). All amounts deferred under this plan are unfunded, unsecured obligations of the Company
and are presented as a component of the Company’s compensation and benefits accrual included in accrued expenses in the
accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets (refer to Note 9). Participants may choose among alternative earning rates for the
amounts they defer, which are primarily based on investment options within the Company’s 401(k) program (except that the
earnings rates for amounts deferred by the Company’s directors and amounts contributed unilaterally by the Company are
entirely based on changes in the value of the Company’s common stock). Changes in the deferred compensation liability under
these programs are recognized based on changes in the fair value of the participants’ accounts, which are based on the
applicable earnings rates.
In connection with a prior acquisition, the Company acquired a currency swap agreement that required the Company to
purchase approximately 184 million Japanese Yen (JPY/¥) at a rate of $1/¥102.25 on a monthly basis through June 1, 2018.
During 2013, the Company terminated portions of the currency swap agreement, reducing the Company's monthly purchase
commitment to approximately ¥27 million. In connection with the partial termination of the currency swap agreement, the
Company paid $10 million to the swap counterparties representing the fair value of the terminated portions of the currency
swap. As of December 31, 2013, the aggregate Japanese Yen purchase commitment was approximately ¥1.4 billion
77
441583.10K.pdf 77
3/17/14 9:15 AM
(approximately $14 million based on exchange rates as of December 31, 2013). The currency swap does not qualify for hedge
accounting and as a result changes in the fair value of the currency swap are reflected in selling, general and administrative
expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings each reporting period. During the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded pre-tax income of $14 million and $22 million and a pre-tax charge
of $8 million, respectively, related to changes in the fair value of this currency swap. The fair value of the currency swap is
included in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Since there is not an active market
for the currency swap, the Company obtains a market quote based on observable inputs, including foreign currency exchange
market data, from the swap counterparties to adjust the currency swap to fair value each quarter.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company's financial instruments as of December 31 were as follows ($ in
millions):
Financial assets:
Available-for-sale securities
Currency swap agreement
Liabilities:
Short-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
Currency swap agreement
2013
2012
Carrying
Amount
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
Fair Value
$
385.2
$
385.2
$
329.5
$
0.1
0.1
N/A
62.3
3,436.7
N/A
62.3
3,877.6
N/A
55.5
5,287.6
24.9
329.5
N/A
55.5
5,917.3
24.9
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, available-for-sale securities and short and long-term borrowings were categorized as level
1, while the currency swap agreement was categorized as level 2.
The fair value of long-term borrowings was based on quoted market prices. The difference between the fair value and the
carrying amounts of long-term borrowings (other than the Company’s Liquid Yield Option Notes due 2021 (the “LYONs”)) is
attributable to changes in market interest rates and/or the Company’s credit ratings subsequent to the incurrence of the
borrowing. In the case of the LYONs, differences in the fair value from the carrying value are attributable to changes in the
price of the Company’s common stock due to the LYONs' conversion features. The fair values of short-term borrowings, as
well as cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, net and trade accounts payable approximate their carrying
amounts due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.
Refer to Note 11 for information related to the fair value of the Company sponsored defined benefit pension plan assets.
441583.10K.pdf 78
3/17/14 9:15 AM
78
(9) ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES
Accrued expenses and other liabilities as of December 31 include the following ($ in millions):
Compensation and benefits
Restructuring
Claims, including self-insurance and litigation
Pension and post-retirement benefits
Environmental and regulatory compliance
Taxes, income and other
Deferred revenue
Sales and product allowances
Warranty
Other
Total
(10) FINANCING
2013
2012
Current
Non-Current
Current
Non-Current
$
773.9
$
332.7
$
767.7
$
91.2
125.8
118.0
40.9
224.9
686.5
173.4
128.5
323.8
—
86.5
869.1
91.9
2,614.0
170.2
2.6
12.7
77.0
103.7
126.9
68.2
48.3
194.5
730.0
171.5
125.7
267.8
332.1
—
82.9
1,367.2
94.2
2,286.3
105.2
2.0
15.0
78.5
$
2,686.9
$
4,256.7
$
2,604.3
$
4,363.4
The components of the Company’s debt as of December 31 were as follows ($ in millions):
Commercial paper
4.5% guaranteed Eurobond Notes due 2013 (€500 million) (the “Eurobond Notes”)
Floating rate senior notes due 2013 (the “2013 Notes”)
1.3% senior unsecured notes due 2014 (the “2014 Notes”)
2.3% senior unsecured notes due 2016 (the “2016 Notes”)
5.625% senior unsecured notes due 2018 (the “2018 Notes”)
5.4% senior unsecured notes due 2019 (the “2019 Notes”)
3.9% senior unsecured notes due 2021 (the “2021 Notes”)
Zero-coupon LYONs due 2021
Other
Subtotal
Less currently payable
Long-term debt
2013
2012
$
450.0
$
1,224.5
—
—
400.0
500.0
500.0
750.0
600.0
154.1
144.9
659.8
300.0
400.0
500.0
500.0
750.0
600.0
281.4
127.4
3,499.0
62.3
3,436.7
$
5,343.1
55.5
5,287.6
$
The 2014 Notes, the 2016 Notes and the 2021 Notes are collectively referred to as the “2011 Financing Notes”. The 2011
Financing Notes, the 2018 Notes and the 2019 Notes are collectively referred to as the “Notes”.
Commercial Paper Program and Credit Facility
The Company satisfies any short-term liquidity needs that are not met through operating cash flow and available cash primarily
through issuances of commercial paper under its U.S. and Euro commercial paper programs. Under these programs, the
Company or a subsidiary of the Company, as applicable, may issue and sell unsecured, short-term promissory notes. Interest
expense on the notes is paid at maturity and is generally based on the ratings assigned to the Company by credit rating agencies
at the time of the issuance and prevailing market rates measured by reference to LIBOR. Borrowings under the program are
available for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. There was no commercial paper outstanding under the Euro
program as of December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2012, $66 million (€50 million) of commercial paper was outstanding
under this program.
79
441583.10K.pdf 79
3/17/14 9:15 AM
As of December 31, 2013, borrowings outstanding under the Company’s U.S. commercial paper program had a weighted
average annual interest rate of 0.1% and a weighted average remaining maturity of approximately fourteen days. The Company
has classified its borrowings outstanding under the commercial paper program as of December 31, 2013 and its 2014 Notes as
long-term debt in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet as the Company had the intent and ability, as supported by
availability under the Credit Facility referenced below, to refinance these borrowings for at least one year from the balance
sheet date.
Credit support for the commercial paper program is provided by a $2.5 billion unsecured multi-year revolving credit facility
with a syndicate of banks that expires on July 15, 2016 (the “Credit Facility”). The Credit Facility can also be used for working
capital and other general corporate purposes. Under the Credit Facility, borrowings (other than bid loans) bear interest at a rate
equal to (at the Company’s option) either (1) a LIBOR-based rate plus a margin that varies according to the Company’s long-
term debt credit rating (the “Eurodollar Rate”), or (2) the highest of (a) the Federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the prime rate
and (c) the Eurodollar Rate plus 1%, plus in each case a margin that varies according to the Company’s long-term debt credit
rating. In addition to certain initial fees the Company paid at inception of the Credit Facility, the Company is obligated to pay
an annual commitment fee that varies according to its long-term debt credit rating. The Credit Facility requires the Company to
maintain a consolidated leverage ratio (as defined in the facility) of 0.65 to 1.00 or less, and also contains customary
representations, warranties, conditions precedent, events of default, indemnities and affirmative and negative covenants. As of
December 31, 2013, no borrowings were outstanding under the Credit Facility and the Company was in compliance with all
covenants under the facility. The non-performance by any member of the Credit Facility syndicate would reduce the maximum
capacity of the Credit Facility by such member's commitment amount. In addition to the Credit Facility, the Company has
entered into reimbursement agreements with various commercial banks to support the issuance of letters of credit.
The availability of the Credit Facility as a standby liquidity facility to repay maturing commercial paper is an important factor
in maintaining the existing credit ratings of the Company’s commercial paper program. The Company expects to limit any
borrowings under the Credit Facility to amounts that would leave sufficient credit available under the facility to allow the
Company to borrow, if needed, to repay all of the outstanding commercial paper as it matures.
On June 17, 2011, the Company entered into a $3.0 billion 364-day unsecured revolving credit facility (the “364-Day Facility”)
in connection with the acquisition of Beckman Coulter. The Company terminated the facility as of December 29, 2011. There
were no outstanding borrowings under the 364-Day Facility at any time during the term of the facility.
Other Long-Term Indebtedness
2011 Financing Notes—On June 23, 2011, the Company completed the underwritten public offering of the 2011 Financing
Notes and the 2013 Notes, all of which are unsecured. The 2013 Notes were issued at 100% of their principal amount, accrued
interest at a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 0.25% per year and matured and were repaid in June 2013. The
2014 Notes were issued at 99.918% of their principal amount, will mature on June 23, 2014 and accrue interest at the rate of
1.3% per year. The 2016 Notes were issued at 99.84% of their principal amount, will mature on June 23, 2016 and accrue
interest at the rate of 2.3% per year. The 2021 Notes were issued at 99.975% of their principal amount, will mature on June 23,
2021 and accrue interest at the rate of 3.9% per year. The net proceeds from the 2011 Financing Notes and 2013 Notes
offering, after deducting expenses and the underwriters’ discount, were approximately $1.8 billion and were used to fund a
portion of the purchase price for the acquisition of Beckman Coulter. The Company paid interest on the 2013 Notes quarterly
in arrears on March 21, June 21, September 21 and December 21 of each year. The Company pays interest on the 2014 Notes,
2016 Notes and 2021 Notes semi-annually in arrears, on June 23 and December 23 of each year.
2019 Notes—In March 2009, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of the 2019 Notes, which were issued at
99.93% of their principal amount, will mature on March 1, 2019 and accrue interest at the rate of 5.4% per year. The net
proceeds, after expenses and the underwriters’ discount, were approximately $745 million. A portion of the net proceeds were
used to repay a portion of the Company’s outstanding commercial paper and the balance was used for general corporate
purposes, including acquisitions. The Company pays interest on the 2019 Notes semi-annually in arrears, on March 1 and
September 1 of each year.
2018 Notes—In December 2007, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of the 2018 Notes, which were
issued at 99.39% of their principal amount, will mature on January 15, 2018 and accrue interest at the rate of 5.625% per year.
The net proceeds, after expenses and the underwriters’ discount, were approximately $493 million, which were used to repay a
portion of the commercial paper issued to finance the acquisition of the Tektronix business. The Company pays interest on the
2018 Notes semi-annually in arrears, on January 15 and July 15 of each year.
441583.10K.pdf 80
3/17/14 9:15 AM
80
LYONs—In 2001, the Company issued $830 million (value at maturity) in LYONs. The net proceeds to the Company were
$505 million, of which approximately $100 million was used to pay down debt and the balance was used for general corporate
purposes, including acquisitions. The LYONs carry a yield to maturity of 2.375% (with contingent interest payable as
described below). Holders of the LYONs may convert each $1,000 of principal amount at maturity into 29.0704 shares of the
Company’s common stock (in the aggregate for all LYONs that were originally issued, approximately 24 million shares of the
Company’s common stock) at any time on or before the maturity date of January 22, 2021. As of December 31, 2013, an
aggregate of approximately 18 million shares of the Company’s common stock had been issued upon conversion of LYONs.
As of December 31, 2013, the accreted value of the outstanding LYONs was lower than the traded market value of the
underlying common stock issuable upon conversion. The Company may redeem all or a portion of the LYONs for cash at any
time at scheduled redemption prices. Holders had the right to require the Company to purchase all or a portion of the notes for
cash and/or Company common stock, at the Company’s option, on each of January 22, 2004 and January 22, 2011, which
resulted in aggregate notes with an accreted value of approximately $1 million being redeemed by the Company for cash.
Under the terms of the LYONs, the Company will pay contingent interest to the holders of LYONs during any six month period
from January 23 to July 22 and from July 23 to January 22 if the average market price of a LYON for a specified measurement
period equals 120% or more of the sum of the issue price and accrued original issue discount for such LYON. The amount of
contingent interest to be paid with respect to any quarterly period is equal to the higher of either 0.0315% of the bonds’ average
market price during the specified measurement period or the amount of the common stock dividend paid during such quarterly
period multiplied by the number of shares issuable upon conversion of a LYON. The Company paid $1 million of contingent
interest on the LYONs for each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. Except for the contingent interest
described above, the Company will not pay interest on the LYONs prior to maturity.
Eurobond Notes—On July 21, 2006, a financing subsidiary of the Company issued the Eurobond Notes in a private placement
outside the United States. Payment obligations under these Eurobond Notes were guaranteed by the Company. The net
proceeds of the offering, after the deduction of underwriting commissions but prior to the deduction of other issuance costs,
were €496 million ($627 million based on exchange rates in effect at the time the offering closed) and were used to pay down a
portion of the Company’s outstanding commercial paper and for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. The
Eurobond Notes matured and were repaid in July 2013.
Covenants and Redemption Provisions Applicable to the Notes
The Company may redeem some or all of the 2014 Notes, the 2016 Notes, the 2018 Notes and/or the 2019 Notes at any time by
paying the principal amount and a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Prior to March 23, 2021 (three
months prior to their maturity date), the Company may redeem some or all of the 2021 Notes by paying the principal amount
and a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest. On or after March 23, 2021, the Company may redeem some
or all of the 2021 Notes for their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. If a change of control triggering event
occurs with respect to the Notes, each holder of Notes may require the Company to repurchase some or all of its Notes at a
purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued interest. A change of control triggering event
means the occurrence of both a change of control and a rating event, each as defined in the applicable supplemental indenture.
Except in connection with a change of control triggering event as described above, the Company does not have any credit
rating downgrade triggers that would accelerate the maturity of a material amount of outstanding debt.
The indentures pursuant to which the Notes were issued each contain customary covenants including, for example, limits on the
incurrence of secured debt and sale/leaseback transactions. None of these covenants are considered restrictive to the
Company’s operations and as of December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all of its debt covenants.
Beckman Coulter Indebtedness
In connection with the acquisition of Beckman Coulter in June 2011, the Company assumed indebtedness with a fair value of
$1.6 billion (the “Beckman Coulter Notes”). During the third quarter of 2011, the Company retired substantially all of the
Beckman Coulter Notes using proceeds from the issuance of U.S. dollar commercial paper and recorded a $33 million ($21
million, after tax or $0.03 per diluted share) charge to earnings due to “make whole” payments associated with the
extinguishment of certain of the Beckman Coulter Notes. The charge to earnings is reflected as a loss on early extinguishment
of debt in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Earnings.
Other
The minimum principal payments during the next five years are as follows: 2014 - $62 million, 2015 - $29 million, 2016 -
$1,358 million, 2017 - $8 million, 2018 - $507 million and $1,535 million thereafter.
The Company made interest payments of $151 million, $150 million and $133 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
81
441583.10K.pdf 81
3/17/14 9:15 AM
(11) PENSION BENEFIT PLANS
The Company has noncontributory defined benefit pension plans which cover certain of its U.S. employees. During 2012, all
remaining benefit accruals under the U.S. plans ceased. The Company also has noncontributory defined benefit pension plans
which cover certain of its non-U.S. employees, and under certain of these plans, benefit accruals continue. In general, the
Company’s policy is to fund these plans based on considerations relating to legal requirements, underlying asset returns, the
plan’s funded status, the anticipated deductibility of the contribution, local practices, market conditions, interest rates and other
factors. The following sets forth the funded status of the U.S. and non-U.S. plans as of the most recent actuarial valuations
using measurement dates of December 31, 2013 and 2012 ($ in millions):
Change in pension benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
Service cost
Interest cost
Employee contributions
Benefits paid and other
Acquisitions
Actuarial (gain) loss
Amendments, settlements and curtailments
Foreign exchange rate impact
Benefit obligation at end of year
Change in plan assets:
U.S. Pension Benefits
Non-U.S. Pension Benefits
2013
2012
2013
2012
$
2,506.2
$
2,316.1
$
1,228.2
$
1,038.5
5.5
97.4
—
(160.7)
—
(165.3)
(1.9)
—
5.6
101.8
—
(163.6)
—
277.8
(31.5)
—
27.4
41.1
6.7
(48.3)
30.7
(22.1)
(10.8)
19.4
23.9
42.5
6.5
(41.5)
37.1
108.3
(13.5)
26.4
2,281.2
2,506.2
1,272.3
1,228.2
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
1,800.0
1,735.4
Actual return on plan assets
Employer contributions
Employee contributions
Plan settlements
Benefits paid and other
Acquisitions
Foreign exchange rate impact
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
Funded status
284.6
4.3
—
(1.9)
(160.7)
—
—
202.7
55.4
—
(29.9)
(163.6)
—
—
755.4
56.2
53.4
6.7
(9.0)
(48.3)
10.6
9.9
1,926.3
(354.9) $
1,800.0
(706.2) $
$
834.9
(437.4) $
642.9
53.7
53.0
6.5
(13.4)
(41.5)
36.1
18.1
755.4
(472.8)
Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at date of measurement:
Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S. Plans
2013
2012
2013
2012
4.80%
N/A
3.90%
N/A
3.60%
3.05%
3.45%
3.00%
441583.10K.pdf 82
3/17/14 9:15 AM
82
Components of net periodic pension cost ($ in millions):
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of prior service credit
Amortization of net loss
Curtailment and settlement losses (gains) recognized
Net periodic pension cost
U.S. Pension Benefits
Non-U.S. Pension Benefits
2013
2012
2013
2012
$
$
5.5
$
5.6
$
27.4
$
97.4
(125.1)
—
31.4
—
9.2
101.8
(129.9)
—
44.3
0.3
$
22.1
$
41.1
(34.3)
(0.2)
7.5
(1.2)
40.3
$
23.9
42.5
(32.8)
(0.2)
4.7
1.5
39.6
Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost at date of measurement:
Discount rate
Expected long-term return on plan assets
Rate of compensation increase
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S. Plans
2013
2012
2013
2012
3.90%
7.50%
N/A
4.50%
7.50%
N/A
3.45%
4.65%
3.00%
4.10%
4.95%
3.00%
The discount rate reflects the market rate on December 31 for high-quality fixed-income investments with maturities
corresponding to the Company’s benefit obligations and is subject to change each year. For non-U.S. plans, rates appropriate
for each plan are determined based on investment grade instruments with maturities approximately equal to the average
expected benefit payout under the plan. Upon the sale of the KEO business during 2012, the Danaher U.S. defined benefit
pension plan became fully frozen and plan participants are therefore no longer accruing benefits under this plan. In connection
with this triggering event, the Company updated the loss amortization period for actuarial gains and losses in the plan to record
them over the remaining life expectancy of the plan participants, rather than over the average future working lifetime of the
plan participants as had been the case before the plan became fully frozen. In addition, the Company updated the mortality
assumptions used to estimate the projected benefit obligation to reflect updated mortality tables which extend the life
expectancy of the participants.
Included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2013 are the following amounts that have not yet been
recognized in net periodic pension cost: unrecognized prior service credits of $2 million ($2 million, net of tax) and
unrecognized actuarial losses of $585 million ($382 million, net of tax). The unrecognized losses and prior service credits, net,
is calculated as the difference between the actuarially determined projected benefit obligation and the value of the plan assets
less accrued pension costs as of December 31, 2013. The prior service credits and actuarial loss included in accumulated
comprehensive income and expected to be recognized in net periodic pension costs during the year ending December 31, 2014
is $0.2 million ($0.1 million, net of tax) and $25 million ($16 million, net of tax), respectively. No plan assets are expected to
be returned to the Company during the year ending December 31, 2014.
Selection of Expected Rate of Return on Assets
For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company used an expected long-term rate of return assumption of
7.5%, 7.5% and 8.0%, respectively, for its U.S. defined benefit pension plan. The Company intends to use an expected long-
term rate of return assumption of 7.5% for 2014 for its U.S. plan. This expected rate of return reflects the asset allocation of the
plan, and is based primarily on broad, publicly traded equity and fixed-income indices and forward-looking estimates of active
portfolio and investment management. Long-term rate of return on asset assumptions for the non-U.S. plans were determined
on a plan-by-plan basis based on the composition of assets and ranged from 1.25% to 6.70% and 1.25% to 7.10% in 2013 and
2012, respectively, with a weighted average rate of return assumption of 4.65% and 4.95% in 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Plan Assets
The U.S. plan’s goal is to maintain between 60% and 70% of its assets in equity portfolios, which are invested in individual
equity securities or funds that are expected to mirror broad market returns for equity securities or in assets with characteristics
similar to equity investments, such as venture capital funds and partnerships. Asset holdings are periodically rebalanced when
equity holdings are outside this range. The balance of the U.S. plan asset portfolio is invested in bond funds. Non-U.S. plan
83
441583.10K.pdf 83
3/17/14 9:15 AM
assets are invested in various insurance contracts, equity and debt securities as determined by the administrator of each plan.
The value of the plan assets directly affects the funded status of the Company’s pension plans recorded in the financial
statements.
The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets for both the U.S. and non-U.S. plans as of December 31, 2013, by asset
category were as follows ($ in millions):
Quoted Prices in
Active Market
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Total
— $
28.3
— $
110.6
427.3
—
$
717.9
$
1,616.0
$
427.3
$
2,761.2
The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets for both the U.S. and non-U.S. plans as of December 31, 2012, by asset
category were as follows ($ in millions):
Quoted Prices in
Active Market
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Total
— $
22.5
Cash and equivalents
Equity securities:
Common stock
Preferred stock
Fixed income securities:
Corporate bonds
Government issued
Mutual funds
Common/collective trusts
Venture capital, partnerships and other private
investments
Insurance contracts
Total
Cash and equivalents
Equity securities:
Common stock
Preferred stock
Fixed income securities:
Corporate bonds
Government issued
Mutual funds
Common/collective trusts
Venture capital, partnerships and other private
investments
Insurance contracts
Total
—
25.2
—
152.0
23.5
512.0
792.7
—
21.4
—
155.9
5.0
414.4
664.9
$
28.3
278.5
$
15.9
—
—
395.2
—
—
—
$
22.5
298.5
$
15.1
—
—
540.2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
303.7
15.9
152.0
23.5
907.2
792.7
427.3
110.6
319.9
15.1
155.9
5.0
954.6
664.9
314.4
103.1
— $
103.1
314.4
—
$
876.3
$
1,364.7
$
314.4
$
2,555.4
Preferred stock and certain common stock and mutual funds are valued at the quoted closing price reported on the active
market on which the individual securities are traded. Common stock, corporate bonds, U.S. government securities and mutual
funds that are not traded on an active market are valued at quoted prices reported by investment brokers and dealers based on
the underlying terms of the security and comparison to similar securities traded on an active market.
Common/collective trusts are valued based on the plan’s interest, represented by investment units, in the underlying
investments held within the trust that are traded in an active market by the trustee.
84
441583.10K.pdf 84
3/17/14 9:15 AM
Venture capital, partnerships and other private investments are valued based on the information provided by the asset fund
managers, which reflects the plan’s share of the fair value of the net assets of the investment. The investments are valued using
a combination of either discounted cash flows, earnings and market multiples, third party appraisals or through reference to the
quoted market prices of the underlying investments held by the venture, partnership or private entity where available.
Valuation adjustments reflect changes in operating results, financial condition, or prospects of the applicable portfolio company.
The methods described above may produce a fair value estimate that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective
of future fair values. Furthermore, while the Company believes the valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with the
methods used by other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of
certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement at the reporting date.
The table below sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Company's level 3 venture capital, partnerships and
other private investments for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 ($ in millions):
Balance, January 1, 2012
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets sold during the period
Relating to assets still held as of December 31, 2012
Purchases
Sales
Balance, December 31, 2012
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets sold during the period
Relating to assets still held as of December 31, 2013
Purchases
Sales
Balance, December 31, 2013
Expected Contributions
$
315.9
5.8
16.5
15.5
(39.3)
314.4
(0.1)
24.0
150.2
(61.2)
427.3
$
$
During 2013, the Company contributed $4 million to its U.S. defined benefit pension plan and $53 million to its non-U.S.
defined benefit pension plans. During 2014, the Company’s cash contribution requirements for its U.S. and its non-U.S.
defined benefit pension plans are expected to be approximately $50 million and $50 million, respectively.
The following table sets forth benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, expected to be paid by
the plans in the periods indicated ($ in millions):
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019 – 2023
Other Matters
U.S. Pension
Plans
Non-U.S.
Pension Plans
All Pension
Plans
$
145.1
$
148.8
151.8
155.3
157.3
791.0
$
44.9
49.1
49.3
49.2
52.2
190.0
197.9
201.1
204.5
209.5
283.1
1,074.1
Substantially all employees not covered by defined benefit plans are covered by defined contribution plans, which generally
provide for Company funding based on a percentage of compensation.
A limited number of the Company’s subsidiaries participate in multiemployer defined benefit and contribution plans, primarily
outside of the United States, that require the Company to periodically contribute funds to the plan. The risks of participating in
a multiemployer plan differ from the risks of participating in a single-employer plan in the following respects: (1) assets
contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating
85
441583.10K.pdf 85
3/17/14 9:15 AM
employers, (2) if a participating employer ceases contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be required
to be borne by the remaining participating employers and (3) if the Company elects to stop participating in the plan, the
Company may be required to pay the plan an amount based on the unfunded status of the plan. None of the multiemployer
plans in which the Company’s subsidiaries participate are considered to be quantitatively or qualitatively significant, either
individually or in the aggregate. In addition, contributions made to these plans during 2013, 2012 and 2011 were not
considered significant, either individually or in the aggregate.
Expense for all defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans amounted to $193 million, $181 million and $166
million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(12) OTHER POST-RETIREMENT EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
In addition to providing pension benefits, the Company provides certain health care and life insurance benefits for some of its
retired employees in the United States. Certain employees may become eligible for these benefits as they reach normal
retirement age while working for the Company. The following sets forth the funded status of the domestic plans as of the most
recent actuarial valuations using measurement dates of December 31, 2013 and 2012 ($ in millions):
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
Service cost
Interest cost
Amendments, curtailments and other
Actuarial gain
Acquisitions
Retiree contributions
Benefits paid
Benefit obligation at end of year
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets
Funded status
2013
2012
$
$
$
256.4
1.5
9.1
(32.5)
(26.1)
—
6.0
(19.6)
194.8
—
(194.8) $
264.8
1.9
11.0
(0.8)
(11.7)
4.6
8.6
(22.0)
256.4
—
(256.4)
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, $177 million and $240 million, respectively, of the total underfunded status of the plan
was recognized as long-term accrued post-retirement liability since it was not expected to be funded within one year.
Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at date of measurement:
Discount rate
Medical trend rate – initial
Medical trend rate – grading period
Medical trend rate – ultimate
2013
2012
4.80%
7.30%
15 years
4.50%
3.90%
7.50%
16 years
4.50%
Effect of a one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates ($ in millions):
Effect on the total of service and interest cost components
Effect on post-retirement medical benefit obligation
1% Increase
1% Decrease
$
$
1.1
8.4
(0.7)
(6.9)
The medical trend rate used to determine the post-retirement benefit obligation was 7.30% for 2013. The rate decreases
gradually to an ultimate rate of 4.50% in 2028 and remains at that level thereafter. The trend is a significant factor in
determining the amounts reported.
86
441583.10K.pdf 86
3/17/14 9:15 AM
Components of net periodic benefit cost ($ in millions):
Service cost
Interest cost
Amortization of loss
Amortization of prior service credit
Net periodic benefit cost
2013
2012
1.5
9.1
1.4
(6.9)
5.1
$
$
1.9
11.0
2.8
(5.7)
10.0
$
$
Included in accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2013 are the following amounts that have not yet
been recognized in net periodic benefit cost: unrecognized prior service credits of $34 million ($20 million, net of tax) and
unrecognized actuarial losses of $12 million ($7 million, net of tax). The unrecognized losses and prior service credits, net, is
calculated as the difference between the actuarially determined projected benefit obligation and the value of the plan assets less
accrued benefit costs as of December 31, 2013. The prior service credits and actuarial gain included in accumulated
comprehensive income and expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit costs during the year ending December 31, 2014
is $4 million ($3 million, net of tax) and $0.1 million ($0.1 million, net of tax), respectively.
The following table sets forth benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, expected to be paid in the
periods indicated ($ in millions):
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019 – 2023
$
Amount
18.0
17.8
17.8
17.8
17.7
79.5
(13) INCOME TAXES FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes for the years ended December 31 consist of the following ($ in
millions):
United States
International
Total
2013
2012
2011
$
$
1,713.7
1,852.3
3,566.0
$
$
1,349.9
1,660.9
3,010.8
$
$
1,168.1
1,279.7
2,447.8
441583.10K.pdf 87
3/17/14 9:15 AM
87
The provision for income taxes from continuing operations for the years ended December 31 consist of the following ($ in
millions):
Current:
Federal U.S.
Non-U.S.
State and local
Deferred:
Federal U.S.
Non-U.S.
State and local
Income tax provision
2013
2012
2011
$
292.5
$
290.5
$
247.6
76.3
239.5
13.3
1.8
197.2
38.9
175.0
0.8
9.1
$
871.0
$
711.5
$
(6.3)
206.0
41.4
265.9
(13.3)
18.8
512.5
The provision for income taxes from discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $55 million
and $146 million, respectively.
Net current deferred income tax assets are reflected in prepaid expenses and other current assets and net long-term deferred
income tax liabilities are included in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Deferred
income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31 consist of the following ($ in millions):
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Inventories
Pension and post-retirement benefits
Environmental and regulatory compliance
Other accruals and prepayments
Stock-based compensation expense
Tax credit and loss carryforwards
Other
Valuation allowances
Total deferred tax asset
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property, plant and equipment
Insurance, including self-insurance
Basis difference in LYONs
Goodwill and other intangibles
Deferred service income
Unrealized gains on marketable securities
Total deferred tax liability
Net deferred tax liability
2013
2012
$
26.1
$
116.8
298.3
27.5
297.5
118.7
801.0
2.9
(398.0)
1,290.8
(135.3)
(616.4)
(57.2)
(2,086.9)
—
(104.5)
(3,000.3)
(1,709.5) $
$
18.2
113.9
397.8
26.5
442.3
111.1
916.4
22.0
(382.5)
1,665.7
(214.2)
(381.2)
(99.7)
(2,146.3)
(71.6)
(72.7)
(2,985.7)
(1,320.0)
Deferred taxes associated with temporary differences resulting from timing of recognition for income tax purposes of fees paid
for services rendered between consolidated entities are reflected as deferred service income in the above table. These fees are
fully eliminated in consolidation and have no effect on reported revenue, income or reported income tax expense. The
Company evaluates the future realizability of tax credits and loss carryforwards considering the anticipated future earnings of
the Company’s subsidiaries as well as tax planning strategies in the associated jurisdictions. Deferred taxes associated with
U.S. entities consist of net deferred tax liabilities of approximately $1.7 billion and $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2013 and
2012, respectively. Deferred taxes associated with non-U.S. entities consist of net deferred tax liabilities of $57 million and
88
441583.10K.pdf 88
3/17/14 9:15 AM
$33 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. During 2013, the Company's valuation allowance increased by
$16 million primarily due to foreign net operating losses.
The effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31 varies from the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate as
follows:
Statutory federal income tax rate
Increase (decrease) in tax rate resulting from:
State income taxes (net of federal income tax benefit)
Foreign income taxed at lower rate than U.S. statutory rate
Resolution and adjustments of uncertain tax positions/statute expirations
Acquisition costs
Research and experimentation credits and other
Effective income tax rate
Percentage of Pre-Tax Earnings
2013
2012
2011
35.0%
35.0%
35.0%
1.1
(12.6)
0.5
0.1
0.3
1.1
(14.1)
(0.3)
0.1
1.8
24.4%
23.6%
1.0
(12.8)
(2.4)
0.4
(0.3)
20.9%
The Company’s effective tax rate for each of 2013, 2012 and 2011 differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% due
principally to the Company’s earnings outside the United States that are indefinitely reinvested and taxed at rates lower than the
U.S. federal statutory rate. In addition, the effective tax rates of 24.4% in 2013, 23.6% in 2012 and 20.9% in 2011 are lower
than that U.S. federal statutory rate due to recognition of tax benefits associated with favorable resolutions of certain
international and domestic uncertain tax positions and the lapse of certain statutes of limitations. The effective tax rate for
2013 also benefits from the retroactive reinstatement of certain tax benefits and credits resulting from the enactment of the
American Tax Relief Act of 2012. These favorable items were offset by adjustments of reserve estimates related to prior period
uncertain tax positions and on-going audit settlement estimates in various jurisdictions. The matters referenced above have
been treated as discrete items in the periods they occurred and in the aggregate reduced the provision for income taxes by
approximately 20 basis points in 2013, 30 basis points in 2012 and 240 basis points in 2011.
The Company made income tax payments related to continuing operations of $529 million, $355 million and $303 million in
2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In addition, the Company made tax payments related to discontinued operations, including
the gain on the sale of ASI, KEO and PSA (refer to Note 3) totaling $55 million and $129 million in 2012 and 2011,
respectively. Current income tax payable has been reduced by $80 million, $106 million, and $40 million in 2013, 2012 and
2011, respectively, for tax deductions attributable to stock-based compensation, of which, the excess tax benefit over the
amount recorded for financial reporting purposes was $49 million, $70 million and $25 million, respectively, and has been
recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital and is reflected as a financing cash inflow in the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
Included in deferred income taxes as of December 31, 2013 are tax benefits for U.S. and non-U.S. net operating loss
carryforwards totaling $303 million (net of applicable valuation allowances of $393 million). Certain of the losses can be
carried forward indefinitely and others can be carried forward to various dates from 2014 through 2033. In addition, the
Company had general business and foreign tax credit carryforwards of $100 million (net of applicable valuation allowances of
$5 million) as of December 31, 2013.
As of December 31, 2013, gross unrecognized tax benefits totaled $689 million ($634 million, net of $179 million of indirect
tax benefits and including $124 million associated with potential interest and penalties). As of December 31, 2012, gross
unrecognized tax benefits totaled $613 million ($534 million, net of offsetting indirect tax benefits and including $145 million
associated with potential interest and penalties). The Company recognized approximately $43 million, $34 million and $56
million in potential interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions during 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. To
the extent unrecognized tax benefits (including interest and penalties) are not assessed with respect to uncertain tax positions,
substantially all amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision.
Unrecognized tax benefits and associated accrued interest and penalties are included in taxes, income and other in accrued
expenses as detailed in Note 9.
441583.10K.pdf 89
3/17/14 9:15 AM
89
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding amounts accrued for potential
interest and penalties, is as follows ($ in millions):
2013
2012
2011
Unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of year
$
613.2
$
518.3
$
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
Additions for tax positions of prior years
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
Acquisitions and other
Lapse of statute of limitations
Settlements
Effect of foreign currency translation
Unrecognized tax benefits, end of year
47.8
166.9
(57.4)
18.2
(96.1)
(3.8)
0.2
60.8
94.7
(38.4)
19.7
(20.7)
(23.2)
2.0
$
689.0
$
613.2
$
517.5
46.6
77.1
(59.7)
85.5
(124.3)
(21.2)
(3.2)
518.3
The Company conducts business globally, and files numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in the United States
federal, state and foreign jurisdictions. The Company and its subsidiaries are routinely examined by various domestic and
international taxing authorities. During 2013, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed examinations of certain of the
Company's federal income tax returns for the years 2008 and 2009 and has commenced its examinations of the Company's
federal income tax returns for 2010 and 2011. In addition, the Company has subsidiaries in Belgium, Brazil, Canada,
Denmark, France, Finland, Germany, India, Italy, Japan, Norway, Singapore, Sweden, the United Kingdom and various other
countries, states and provinces that are currently under audit for years ranging from 2000 through 2012.
Tax authorities in Denmark and Germany have raised significant issues related to the deductibility and taxability of interest
accrued by certain of the Company's subsidiaries. On December 10, 2013, the Company received assessments from the Danish
tax authority (“SKAT”) totaling approximately DKK 1.1 billion (approximately $200 million based on exchange rates as of
December 31, 2013) imposing withholding tax and interest thereon relating to interest accrued in Denmark on borrowings from
certain of the Company's subsidiaries for the years 2004-2009. If the SKAT claims are successful, it is likely that the Company
would be assessed additional amounts for years through 2013 totaling approximately DKK 800 million (approximately $144
million based on exchange rates as of December 31, 2013) as well as future interest on the disputed withholding tax for
subsequent periods prior to such a determination. Discussions with the German tax authorities are ongoing and final
assessments have not been issued.
Management believes the positions the Company has taken in both Denmark and Germany are in accordance with the relevant
tax laws and intends to vigorously defend its positions, including contesting the SKAT assessment; however, the ultimate
resolution of these matters is uncertain, could take many years, and individually or in the aggregate could result in a material
adverse impact to the Company's financial statements, including its effective tax rate.
Management estimates that it is reasonably possible that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits may be reduced by
approximately $90 million within twelve months as a result of resolution of worldwide tax matters, tax audit settlements and/or
statute expirations.
The Company operates in various non–U.S. tax jurisdictions where “tax holiday” income tax incentives have been granted for a
specified period. These tax benefits are not material to the Company’s financial statements.
As of December 31, 2013, the Company held $2.2 billion of cash and cash equivalents outside of the United States. While
repatriation of some cash held outside the United States may be restricted by local laws, most of the Company's foreign cash
balances could be repatriated to the United States but, under current law, could be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, less
applicable foreign tax credits. For most of its foreign subsidiaries, the Company makes an election regarding the amount of
earnings intended for indefinite reinvestment, with the balance available to be repatriated to the United States. A deferred tax
liability has been accrued for the funds that are available to be repatriated to the United States. No provisions for U.S. income
taxes have been made with respect to earnings that are planned to be reinvested indefinitely outside the United States, and the
amount of U.S. income taxes that may be applicable to such earnings is not readily determinable given the various tax planning
alternatives the Company could employ if it repatriated these earnings. The cash that the Company’s foreign subsidiaries hold
for indefinite reinvestment is generally used to finance foreign operations and investments, including acquisitions. As of
December 31, 2013 and 2012, the total amount of earnings planned to be reinvested indefinitely outside the United States for
which deferred taxes have not been provided was approximately $10.6 billion and $9.3 billion, respectively.
90
441583.10K.pdf 90
3/17/14 9:15 AM
(14) OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company sold approximately 5 million of the approximately 8 million shares of Align
Technology, Inc. ("Align") common stock that the Company received in 2009 as a result of a settlement between Align and
Ormco Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company received cash proceeds of $251 million from
the sale of these securities and recorded a pre-tax gain of $202 million ($125 million after-tax or $0.18 per diluted share). This
gain is reflected as gain on sale of marketable equity securities in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Earnings.
Refer to Note 4 for information related to the $230 million gain on the sale of the Company's equity interest in Apex in 2013
and to Note 10 for information related to the loss on the early extinguishment of debt in 2011.
(15) RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER RELATED CHARGES
During 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded restructuring and other related charges of $107 million, $123 million and
$179 million, respectively; of which approximately 75%, 70% and 60%, in each respective year was included in selling general
and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings, with the remaining amount charged to
cost of sales. The amounts are predominantly cash charges in each year.
The nature of the Company’s restructuring and related activities were broadly consistent throughout the Company’s reportable
segments and focused on improvements in operational efficiency through targeted workforce reductions and facility
consolidations and closures. These costs were incurred to position the Company to provide superior products and services to its
customers in a cost efficient manner, and taking into consideration broad economic uncertainties. Charges also included
amounts to reduce inventory to market value and for impairments of long-lived assets.
Substantially all restructuring activities initiated in 2013 were completed by December 31, 2013 and the Company expects
substantially all cash payments associated with remaining termination benefits to be paid in 2014. As of December 31, 2013
and 2012, the Company had accrued restructuring charges of $91 million and $104 million, respectively, included in accrued
expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(16) LEASES AND COMMITMENTS
The Company’s operating leases extend for varying periods of time up to twenty years and, in some cases, contain renewal
options that would extend existing terms beyond twenty years. Future minimum rental payments for all operating leases having
initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year are $183 million in 2014, $137 million in 2015, $110
million in 2016, $85 million in 2017, $60 million in 2018 and $82 million thereafter. Total rent expense for all operating leases
was $245 million, $247 million and $210 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
The Company generally accrues estimated warranty costs at the time of sale. In general, manufactured products are warranted
against defects in material and workmanship when properly used for their intended purpose, installed correctly, and
appropriately maintained. Warranty periods depend on the nature of the product and range from ninety days up to the life of the
product. The amount of the accrued warranty liability is determined based on historical information such as past experience,
product failure rates or number of units repaired, estimated cost of material and labor, and in certain instances estimated
property damage. The accrued warranty liability is reviewed on a quarterly basis and may be adjusted as additional information
regarding expected warranty costs becomes known.
441583.10K.pdf 91
3/17/14 9:15 AM
91
The following is a rollforward of the Company’s accrued warranty liability for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 ($
in millions):
Balance, January 1, 2012
Accruals for warranties issued during the period
Settlements made
Additions due to acquisitions
Effect of foreign currency translation
Balance, December 31, 2012
Accruals for warranties issued during the period
Settlements made
Additions due to acquisitions
Effect of foreign currency translation
Balance, December 31, 2013
(17) LITIGATION AND CONTINGENCIES
$
$
136.9
134.0
(134.9)
4.1
0.6
140.7
137.1
(140.1)
4.0
(0.5)
141.2
The Company is, from time to time, subject to a variety of litigation and other legal and regulatory proceedings incidental to its
business (or the business operations of previously owned entities). These matters primarily involve claims for damages arising
out of the use of the Company’s products, software and services and claims relating to intellectual property matters,
employment matters, tax matters, commercial disputes, competition and sales and trading practices, personal injury, insurance
coverage and acquisition or divestiture related matters, as well as regulatory investigations or enforcement. The Company may
also become subject to lawsuits as a result of past or future acquisitions or as a result of liabilities retained from, or
representations, warranties or indemnities provided in connection with, divested businesses. Some of these lawsuits may
include claims for punitive, consequential and/or compensatory damages, as well as injunctive relief. Based upon the
Company’s experience, current information and applicable law, it does not believe it is reasonably possible that these
proceedings and claims will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.
While the Company maintains general, products, property, workers’ compensation, automobile, cargo, aviation, crime,
fiduciary and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (and has acquired rights under similar policies in connection with
certain acquisitions) up to certain limits that cover certain of these claims, this insurance may be insufficient or unavailable to
cover such losses. For general, products and property liability and most other insured risks, the Company purchases outside
insurance coverage only for severe losses and must establish and maintain reserves with respect to amounts within the self-
insured retention. In addition, while the Company believes it is entitled to indemnification from third parties for some of these
claims, these rights may also be insufficient or unavailable to cover such losses.
The Company records a liability in the consolidated financial statements for loss contingencies when a loss is known or
considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If the reasonable estimate of a known or probable loss is a
range, and no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other, the minimum amount of the range is accrued. If a
loss does not meet the known or probable level but is reasonably possible and a loss or range of loss can be reasonably
estimated, the estimated loss or range of loss is disclosed. The Company's reserves consist of specific reserves for individual
claims and additional amounts for anticipated developments of these claims as well as for incurred but not yet reported claims.
The specific reserves for individual known claims are quantified with the assistance of legal counsel and outside risk
professionals where appropriate. In addition, outside risk professionals assist in the determination of reserves for incurred but
not yet reported claims through evaluation of the Company’s specific loss history, actual claims reported and industry trends
among statistical and other factors. Reserve estimates may be adjusted as additional information regarding a claim becomes
known. Because most contingencies are resolved over long periods of time, liabilities may change in the future due to new
developments (including litigation developments, the discovery of new facts, changes in legislation and outcomes of similar
cases), changes in assumptions or changes in the Company’s settlement strategy. While the Company actively pursues
financial recoveries from insurance providers, it does not recognize any recoveries until realized or until such time as a
sustained pattern of collections is established related to historical matters of a similar nature and magnitude. If the Company’s
self-insurance and litigation reserves prove inadequate, it would be required to incur an expense equal to the amount of the loss
incurred in excess of the reserves, which would adversely affect the Company’s financial statements. Refer to Note 9 for
information about the amount of the Company’s accruals for self-insurance and litigation liability.
92
441583.10K.pdf 92
3/17/14 9:15 AM
In addition, the Company’s operations, products and services are subject to environmental laws and regulations in the
jurisdictions in which they operate, which impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the environment and establish
standards for the generation, use, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. A number of the
Company’s operations involve the handling, manufacturing, use or sale of substances that are or could be classified as
hazardous materials within the meaning of applicable laws. The Company must also comply with various health and safety
regulations in both the United States and abroad in connection with the Company's operations. Compliance with these laws
and regulations has not had and, based on current information and the applicable laws and regulations currently in effect, is not
expected to have a material effect on the Company’s capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position, and the Company
does not anticipate material capital expenditures for environmental control facilities.
In addition to environmental compliance costs, the Company from time to time incurs costs related to alleged damages
associated with past or current waste disposal practices or other hazardous materials handling practices. For example,
generators of hazardous substances found in disposal sites at which environmental problems are alleged to exist, as well as the
current and former owners of those sites and certain other classes of persons, are subject to claims brought by state and federal
regulatory agencies pursuant to statutory authority. The Company has received notification from the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, and from state and non-U.S. environmental agencies, that conditions at certain sites where the Company
and others previously disposed of hazardous wastes and/or are or were property owners require clean-up and other possible
remedial action, including sites where the Company has been identified as a potentially responsible party under U.S. federal
and state environmental laws. The Company has projects underway at a number of current and former facilities, in both the
United States and abroad, to investigate and remediate environmental contamination resulting from past operations.
Remediation activities generally relate to soil and/or groundwater contamination and may include pre-remedial activities such
as fact-finding and investigation, risk assessment, feasibility study and/or design, as well as remediation actions such as
contaminant removal, monitoring and/or installation, operation and maintenance of longer-term remediation systems. The
Company is also from time to time party to personal injury or other claims brought by private parties alleging injury due to the
presence of, or exposure to, hazardous substances.
The Company has recorded a provision for environmental investigation and remediation and environmental-related claims with
respect to sites owned or formerly owned by the Company and its subsidiaries and third party sites where the Company has
been determined to be a potentially responsible party. The Company generally makes an assessment of the costs involved for
its remediation efforts based on environmental studies, as well as its prior experience with similar sites. The ultimate cost of
site cleanup is difficult to predict given the uncertainties of the Company’s involvement in certain sites, uncertainties regarding
the extent of the required cleanup, the availability of alternative cleanup methods, variations in the interpretation of applicable
laws and regulations, the possibility of insurance recoveries with respect to certain sites and the fact that imposition of joint and
several liability with right of contribution is possible under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act of 1980 and other environmental laws and regulations. If the Company determines that potential liability for a
particular site or with respect to a personal injury claim is probable and reasonably estimable, the Company accrues the total
estimated loss, including investigation and remediation costs, associated with the site or claim. As of December 31, 2013, the
Company had a reserve of $133 million for environmental matters which are probable and reasonably estimable (of which $92
million are non-current), which reflects the Company's best estimate of the costs to be incurred with respect to such matters.
Refer to Note 9 for additional information about the Company’s environmental reserves.
All reserves have been recorded without giving effect to any possible future third party recoveries. While the Company
actively pursues insurance recoveries, as well as recoveries from other potentially responsible parties, it does not recognize any
insurance recoveries for environmental liability claims until realized or until such time as a sustained pattern of collections is
established related to historical matters of a similar nature and magnitude.
The Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation requires it to indemnify to the full extent authorized or permitted by law
any person made, or threatened to be made a party to any action or proceeding by reason of his or her service as a director or
officer of the Company, or by reason of serving at the request of the Company as a director or officer of any other entity,
subject to limited exceptions. Danaher’s Amended and Restated By-laws provide for similar indemnification rights. In
addition, Danaher has executed with each director and executive officer of Danaher Corporation an indemnification agreement
which provides for substantially similar indemnification rights and under which Danaher has agreed to pay expenses in advance
of the final disposition of any such indemnifiable proceeding. While the Company maintains insurance for this type of liability,
a significant deductible applies to this coverage and any such liability could exceed the amount of the insurance coverage.
441583.10K.pdf 93
3/17/14 9:15 AM
93
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had approximately $379 million and $355 million, respectively, of
guarantees consisting primarily of outstanding standby letters of credit, bank guarantees and performance and bid bonds. These
guarantees have been provided in connection with certain arrangements with vendors, customers, financing counterparties and
governmental entities to secure the Company’s obligations and/or performance requirements related to specific transactions.
The Company believes that if the obligations under these instruments were triggered, it would not have a material effect on its
financial statements.
(18) STOCK TRANSACTIONS AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
In May 2012, the Company's shareholders approved an amendment to the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation to
increase the number of authorized shares of common stock of the Company from 1.0 billion shares to 2.0 billion shares, $0.01
par value per share, which was filed and became effective on May 10, 2012.
Neither the Company nor any “affiliated purchaser” repurchased any shares of Company common stock during 2013. On July
16, 2013, the Company's Board of Directors approved a repurchase program (the “2013 Repurchase Program”) authorizing the
repurchase of up to 20 million shares of the Company's common stock from time to time on the open market or in privately
negotiated transactions. The 2013 Repurchase Program replaced the repurchase program approved by the Company's Board of
Directors in May 2010 (the “2010 Repurchase Program”). There is no expiration date for the 2013 Repurchase Program, and
the timing and amount of any shares repurchased under the program will be determined by the Company's management based
on its evaluation of market conditions and other factors. The 2013 Repurchase Program may be suspended or discontinued at
any time. Any repurchased shares will be available for use in connection with the Company's equity compensation plans (or
any successor plan) and for other corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2013, 20 million shares remained available for
repurchase pursuant to the 2013 Repurchase Program.
During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company repurchased approximately 12.5 million shares of Company common
stock under the 2010 Repurchase Program in open market transactions at a cost of $648 million. Neither the Company nor any
“affiliated purchaser” repurchased any shares of Company common stock during 2011.
Stock options and RSUs have been issued to directors, officers and other employees under the Company’s 1998 Stock Option
Plan and the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. In addition, in connection with the November 2007 Tektronix acquisition, the
Company assumed the Tektronix 2005 Stock Incentive Plan and the Tektronix 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Tektronix
Plans”) and assumed certain outstanding stock options, restricted stock and RSUs that had been awarded to Tektronix
employees under the plans. These plans operate in a similar manner to the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan and 1998
Stock Option Plan. No further equity awards will be issued under the 1998 Stock Option Plan or the Tektronix Plans. The
2007 Stock Incentive Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, RSUs, restricted stock or any other
stock based award. In May 2011 and May 2013, the Company’s shareholders approved amendments to the 2007 Stock
Incentive Plan that, among other items, authorized the issuance of an additional 24 million shares pursuant to the plan bringing
the total number of shares authorized for issuance under the plan to 62 million. No more than 19 million of the 62 million
authorized shares may be granted in any form other than stock options or stock appreciation rights.
Stock options granted under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, the 1998 Stock Option Plan and the Tektronix Plans generally vest
pro-rata over a five year period and terminate ten years from the grant date, though the specific terms of each grant are
determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board (the “Compensation Committee”). The Company’s
executive officers and certain other employees have been awarded options with different vesting criteria, and options granted to
outside directors are fully vested as of the grant date. Option exercise prices for options granted by the Company under these
plans equal the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the NYSE on the date of grant. Option exercise prices for the
options outstanding under the Tektronix Plans were based on the closing price of Tektronix common stock on the date of grant.
In connection with the Company’s assumption of these options, the number of shares underlying each option and exercise price
of each option were adjusted to reflect the substitution of the Company’s stock for the Tektronix stock underlying these awards.
RSUs issued under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan and the 1998 Stock Option Plan provide for the issuance of a share of the
Company’s common stock at no cost to the holder. Most RSU awards granted prior to the third quarter of 2009 were granted
subject to performance criteria determined by the Compensation Committee, and RSU awards granted during or after the third
quarter of 2009 to members of the Company’s senior management are also subject to performance criteria. The RSUs that have
been granted to employees under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan and the 1998 Stock Option Plan generally provide for time-
based vesting over a five year period, although the specific time-based vesting terms vary depending on grant date and on
whether the recipient is a member of senior management. The RSUs that have been granted to directors under the 2007 Stock
Incentive Plan vest on the earlier of the first anniversary of the grant date or the date of, and immediately prior to, the next
annual meeting of the Company’s shareholders following the grant date, but the underlying shares are not issued until the
earlier of the director’s death or the first day of the seventh month following the director’s retirement from the Board. Prior to
94
441583.10K.pdf 94
3/17/14 9:15 AM
vesting, RSUs do not have dividend equivalent rights, do not have voting rights and the shares underlying the RSUs are not
considered issued and outstanding.
Restricted shares issued under the Tektronix Plans were granted subject to certain time-based vesting restrictions such that the
restricted share awards fully vested after a period of five years. The holders of these restricted shares had the right to vote such
shares and receive dividends and the shares were considered issued and outstanding at the date the award was granted. As of
December 31, 2013, all of the restricted shares and RSUs granted under the Tektronix Plans have fully vested.
The options, RSUs and restricted shares generally vest only if the employee is employed by the Company (or in the case of
directors, the director continues to serve on the Company Board) on the vesting date or in other limited circumstances. To
cover the exercise of options and vesting of RSUs, the Company generally issues new shares from its authorized but unissued
share pool, although it may instead issue treasury shares in certain circumstances. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 29
million shares of the Company’s common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation by measuring the cost of employee services received in exchange for all
equity awards granted, including stock options, RSUs and restricted shares, based on the fair value of the award as of the grant
date. The Company recognizes the compensation expense over the requisite service period (which is generally the vesting
period but may be shorter than the vesting period if the employee becomes retirement eligible before the end of the vesting
period). The fair value for RSU and restricted stock awards was calculated using the closing price of the Company’s common
stock on the date of grant. The fair value of the options granted was calculated using a Black-Scholes Merton option pricing
model (“Black-Scholes”).
The following summarizes the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model to value options granted during the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:
Risk-free interest rate
Weighted average volatility
Dividend yield
Expected years until exercise
Year Ended December 31
2013
2012
2011
1.0 – 2.3%
0.7 – 1.7%
1.2 – 3.2%
23.6%
0.2%
30.1%
0.2%
28.0%
0.2%
6.0 – 8.5
6.0 – 8.5
6.0 – 8.5
The Black-Scholes model incorporates assumptions to value stock-based awards. The risk-free rate of interest for periods
within the contractual life of the option is based on a zero-coupon U.S. government instrument whose maturity period equals or
approximates the option’s expected term. Expected volatility is based on implied volatility from traded options on the
Company’s stock and historical volatility of the Company’s stock. The dividend yield is calculated by dividing the Company’s
annual dividend, based on the most recent quarterly dividend rate, by the closing stock price on the grant date. To estimate the
option exercise timing used in the valuation model, in addition to considering the vesting period and contractual term of the
option, the Company analyzes and considers actual historical exercise experience for previously granted options. The
Company stratifies its employee population into multiple groups for option valuation and attribution purposes based upon
distinctive patterns of forfeiture rates and option holding periods.
The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized during a period is also based on the portion of the awards that are
ultimately expected to vest. The Company estimates pre-vesting forfeitures at the time of grant by analyzing historical data and
revises those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Ultimately, the total expense
recognized over the vesting period will equal the fair value of awards that actually vest.
441583.10K.pdf 95
3/17/14 9:15 AM
95
The following table summarizes the components of the Company’s stock-based compensation expense ($ in millions):
RSUs and restricted shares:
Pre-tax compensation expense
Income tax benefit
RSU and restricted share expense, net of income taxes
Stock options:
Pre-tax compensation expense
Income tax benefit
Stock option expense, net of income taxes
Total stock-based compensation:
Pre-tax compensation expense
Income tax benefit
Total stock-based compensation expense, net of income taxes
Year Ended December 31
2013
2012
2011
$
$
$
69.4
(20.8)
48.6
48.3
(14.8)
33.5
117.7
(35.6)
82.1
$
$
61.1
(19.6)
41.5
48.8
(15.0)
33.8
109.9
(34.6)
75.3
$
47.9
(17.8)
30.1
47.7
(14.6)
33.1
95.6
(32.4)
63.2
Stock-based compensation has been recognized as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings. As of December 31, 2013, $142 million of total unrecognized
compensation cost related to RSUs is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately three years.
As of December 31, 2013, $132 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options is expected to be
recognized over a weighted average period of approximately three years. Both amounts will be adjusted for any future changes
in estimated forfeitures.
Option activity under the Company’s stock plans as of December 31, 2013 and changes during the three years ended
December 31, 2013 were as follows (in thousands; except exercise price and number of years):
Outstanding as of January 1, 2011
Granted
Exercised
Cancelled/forfeited
Outstanding as of December 31, 2011
Granted
Exercised
Cancelled/forfeited
Outstanding as of December 31, 2012
Granted
Exercised
Cancelled/forfeited
Outstanding as of December 31, 2013
Vested and Expected to Vest as of December 31,
2013 (1)
Vested as of December 31, 2013
Options
34,820
$
3,807
(4,488)
(1,685)
32,454
4,268
(8,133)
(1,217)
27,372
3,749
(5,077)
(1,073)
24,971
24,301
13,203
$
$
$
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in Years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
30.31
50.02
25.73
35.62
32.98
52.21
25.25
40.52
37.94
64.73
31.19
47.35
42.93
42.54
35.21
6
6
4
$
$
$
855,821
842,341
554,459
(1) The “Expected to Vest” options are the net unvested options that remain after applying the pre-vesting forfeiture rate
assumption to total unvested options.
96
441583.10K.pdf 96
3/17/14 9:15 AM
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the
Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of 2013 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money
options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31,
2013. The amount of aggregate intrinsic value will change based on the price of the Company’s common stock.
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2013 are summarized below:
Exercise Price
$22.62 to $31.26
$31.27 to $38.81
$38.82 to $49.59
$49.60 to $60.98
$60.99 to $72.63
Outstanding
Exercisable
Shares
(in Thousands)
Average
Exercise Price
Average
Remaining
Life
Shares
(in Thousands)
Average
Exercise Price
6,011
$
6,709
3,596
4,992
3,663
28.44
36.51
44.51
51.85
64.75
3
5
6
8
9
5,092
$
5,034
2,092
965
20
28.61
36.17
41.25
51.20
67.17
The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $165
million, $226 million and $105 million, respectively. Exercise of options during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and
2011 resulted in cash receipts of $158 million, $201 million, and $114 million, respectively. Upon exercise of the award by the
employee, the Company derives a tax deduction measured by the excess of the market value over the grant price at the date of
exercise. The Company realized a tax benefit of $52 million, $75 million, and $33 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011,
respectively, related to the exercise of employee stock options. The net income tax benefit in excess of the expense recorded
for financial reporting purposes (the “excess tax benefit”) has been recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital and is
reflected as a financing cash inflow in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
The following table summarizes information on unvested RSUs and restricted shares activity during the three years ended
December 31, 2013:
Unvested as of January 1, 2011
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Unvested as of December 31, 2011
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Unvested as of December 31, 2012
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Unvested as of December 31, 2013
Number of RSUs/
Restricted
Shares (in Thousands)
Weighted Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
5,153
$
1,628
(405)
(397)
5,979
1,776
(1,704)
(466)
5,585
1,588
(1,417)
(538)
5,218
33.77
49.96
35.81
38.59
37.72
52.26
34.86
36.84
43.29
64.83
38.66
43.90
51.04
The Company realized a tax benefit of $28 million, $31 million and $7 million in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012
and 2011, respectively, related to the vesting of RSUs. The excess tax benefit attributable to RSUs and restricted stock have
been recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital and is reflected as a financing cash inflow in the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
In connection with the exercise of certain stock options and the vesting of RSUs and restricted shares previously issued by the
Company, a number of shares sufficient to fund statutory minimum tax withholding requirements has been withheld from the
total shares issued or released to the award holder (though under the terms of the applicable plan, the shares are considered to
have been issued and are not added back to the pool of shares available for grant). During the year ended December 31, 2013,
97
441583.10K.pdf 97
3/17/14 9:15 AM
523 thousand shares with an aggregate value of $34 million were withheld to satisfy the requirement. During the year ended
December 31, 2012, 1.2 million shares with an aggregate value of $65 million were withheld to satisfy the requirement. The
withholding is treated as a reduction in additional paid-in capital in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Stockholders’ Equity.
(19) NET EARNINGS PER SHARE FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
Basic net earnings per share (“EPS”) from continuing operations is calculated by dividing net earnings from continuing
operations by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the applicable period. Diluted net EPS from
continuing operations is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding increased by the
number of additional shares that would have been outstanding had the potentially dilutive common shares been issued and
reduced by the number of shares the Company could have repurchased with the proceeds from the issuance of the potentially
dilutive shares. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, approximately 2 million, 2 million and 3 million
options to purchase shares, respectively, were not included in the diluted earnings per share calculation as the impact of their
inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.
Information related to the calculation of net earnings from continuing operations per share of common stock is summarized as
follows (in millions, except per share amounts):
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013:
Basic EPS
Adjustment for interest on convertible debentures
Incremental shares from assumed exercise of dilutive options and
vesting of dilutive RSUs
Incremental shares from assumed conversion of the convertible
debentures
Diluted EPS
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012:
Basic EPS
Adjustment for interest on convertible debentures
Incremental shares from assumed exercise of dilutive options and
vesting of dilutive RSUs
Incremental shares from assumed conversion of the convertible
debentures
Diluted EPS
For the Year Ended December 31, 2011:
Basic EPS
Net Earnings from
Continuing
Operations
(Numerator)
$
2,695.0
Shares
(Denominator)
Per Share
Amount
696.0
$
3.87
3.3
—
—
—
8.7
6.3
2,698.3
711.0
$
3.80
2,299.3
693.4
$
3.32
5.7
—
—
—
9.8
9.9
2,305.0
713.1
$
3.23
1,935.3
676.2
$
2.86
$
$
$
$
Adjustment for interest on convertible debentures
Incremental shares from assumed exercise of dilutive options and
vesting of dilutive RSUs
Incremental shares from assumed conversion of the convertible
debentures
7.1
—
—
—
11.3
13.7
Diluted EPS
$
1,942.4
701.2
$
2.77
441583.10K.pdf 98
3/17/14 9:15 AM
98
(20) SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company operates and reports its results in five separate business segments consisting of the Test & Measurement,
Environmental, Life Sciences & Diagnostics, Dental and Industrial Technologies segments. In addition, the Company’s equity
in earnings of the Apex joint venture is shown separately in the Company’s segment disclosures. Operating profit represents
total revenues less operating expenses, excluding other expense, interest and income taxes. The identifiable assets by segment
are those used in each segment’s operations. Inter-segment amounts are not significant and are eliminated to arrive at
consolidated totals.
Detailed segment data for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is presented in the following table ($ in
millions):
2013
2012
2011
Total sales:
Test & Measurement
Environmental
Life Sciences & Diagnostics
Dental
Industrial Technologies
Total
Operating profit:
Test & Measurement
Environmental
Life Sciences & Diagnostics
Dental
Industrial Technologies
Equity method earnings related to Apex joint venture
Other
Total
Identifiable assets (including assets held for sale):
Test & Measurement
Environmental
Life Sciences & Diagnostics
Dental
Industrial Technologies
Other
Total
Depreciation and amortization:
Test & Measurement
Environmental
Life Sciences & Diagnostics
Dental
Industrial Technologies
Other
Total
$
3,417.3
$
3,381.0
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
3,316.9
6,856.4
2,094.9
3,063.5
6,485.1
2,022.9
3,432.5
19,118.0
$
3,307.9
18,260.4
$
669.5
$
701.2
$
696.5
1,009.8
304.9
722.9
—
(128.7)
3,274.9
652.5
861.1
293.1
685.6
69.9
(98.3)
3,165.1
$
$
5,495.0
$
5,505.8
$
3,584.5
13,614.7
4,095.1
4,363.6
3,519.3
3,146.6
13,305.2
4,079.9
4,235.6
2,667.9
3,390.9
2,939.6
4,627.4
2,011.2
3,121.4
16,090.5
751.2
622.7
402.3
236.1
655.0
66.8
(116.9)
2,617.2
5,280.6
2,784.8
12,888.4
4,047.5
3,394.9
1,553.3
34,672.2
$
32,941.0
$
29,949.5
135.1
$
132.3
$
62.7
517.3
83.3
89.2
7.4
48.9
478.2
92.4
80.8
7.2
126.6
45.9
297.2
94.0
65.8
5.5
$
895.0
$
839.8
$
635.0
99
441583.10K.pdf 99
3/17/14 9:15 AM
Capital expenditures, gross:
Test & Measurement
Environmental
Life Sciences & Diagnostics
Dental
Industrial Technologies
Other
Total
Operations in Geographical Areas
Year Ended December 31
($ in millions)
Sales:
United States
China
Germany
Japan
All other (each country individually less than 5% of total sales)
Total
Long-lived assets (including assets held for sale):
United States
Germany
All other (each country individually less than 5% of total long-lived
assets)
Total
Sales by Major Product Group
Year Ended December 31
($ in millions)
Analytical & physical instrumentation
Medical & dental products
Motion & industrial automation controls
Product identification
All other
Total
2013
2012
2011
$
$
38.8
46.5
386.7
30.7
47.1
1.7
$
37.5
29.5
296.8
30.2
49.0
15.3
37.7
29.1
167.0
35.4
51.3
14.0
$
551.5
$
458.3
$
334.5
2013
2012
2011
$
$
$
8,109.3
1,631.8
1,182.8
777.7
7,416.4
19,118.0
15,673.7
1,939.7
$
$
$
7,809.8
1,443.5
1,111.3
892.8
7,003.0
18,260.4
15,980.8
1,957.1
$
$
$
6,787.8
1,133.2
1,189.0
809.4
6,171.1
16,090.5
16,433.0
1,455.8
7,945.1
7,415.3
5,788.3
$
25,558.5
$
25,353.2
$
23,677.1
2013
2012
2011
$
6,278.5
$
6,000.8
$
8,958.0
1,559.1
1,551.5
770.9
8,509.1
1,592.4
1,410.3
747.8
5,920.9
6,653.5
1,677.1
1,162.1
676.9
$
19,118.0
$
18,260.4
$
16,090.5
441583.10K.pdf 100
3/17/14 9:15 AM
100
(21) QUARTERLY DATA-UNAUDITED ($ in millions, except per share data)
2013:
Net sales
Gross profit
Operating profit
Net earnings
Net earnings per share:
Basic
Diluted
2012:
Net sales
Gross profit
Operating profit
Net earnings from continuing operations
Net earnings
Net earnings per share from continuing operations:
Basic
Diluted
Net earnings per share:
Basic
Diluted
1st Quarter
2nd Quarter
3rd Quarter
4th Quarter
$
4,444.7
$
4,737.5
$
4,669.1
$
2,325.7
730.9
691.9
2,495.5
843.6
616.8
2,424.7
812.4
597.0
5,266.7
2,711.7
888.0
789.3
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1.00
0.98
$
$
0.89
0.87
$
$
0.86
0.84
$
$
1.13 *
1.11
4,316.2
$
4,553.5
$
4,415.5
$
2,235.5
2,355.5
2,278.0
734.9
520.0
612.9
0.75
0.73
0.89
0.86
$
$
$
$
811.3
600.2
600.2
0.86
0.84
0.86
0.84
$
$
$
$
755.8
548.7
548.7
0.79
0.77
0.79
0.77
$
$
$
$
4,975.2
2,545.3
863.1
630.4
630.4
0.91 *
0.89
0.91
0.89
* Basic net earnings per share does not cross add to the full year amount due to rounding.
441583.10K.pdf 101
3/17/14 9:15 AM
101
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, and Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and
procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the “Exchange Act”)) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation, the Company’s President
and Chief Executive Officer, and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, have concluded that, as of the end of
such period, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
Management’s annual report on our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and
15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) and the independent registered public accounting firm’s audit report on the effectiveness of
our internal control over financial reporting are included in our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013
included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, under the headings “Report of Management on Danaher Corporation’s
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” and “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,” respectively, and
are incorporated herein by reference.
There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company’s
most recent completed fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Not applicable.
441583.10K.pdf 102
3/17/14 9:15 AM
102
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Code of Ethics
Other than the information below, the information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled
Election of Directors of Danaher, Corporate Governance and Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance in
the Proxy Statement for the Company’s 2014 annual meeting and to the information under the caption “Executive Officers of
the Registrant” in Part I hereof. No nominee for director was selected pursuant to any arrangement or understanding between
the nominee and any person other than the Company pursuant to which such person is or was to be selected as a director or
nominee.
We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers (including Danaher’s principal executive officer,
principal financial officer and principal accounting officer) and employees, known as the Standards of Conduct. The Standards
of Conduct are available in the “Investors – Corporate Governance” section of our website at www.danaher.com.
We intend to disclose any amendment to the Standards of Conduct that relates to any element of the code of ethics definition
enumerated in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K, and any waiver from a provision of the Standards of Conduct granted to any
director, principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, or any of our other executive
officers, in the “Investors – Corporate Governance” section of our website, at www.danaher.com, within four business days
following the date of such amendment or waiver.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled Executive Compensation and
Director Compensation in the Proxy Statement for the Company’s 2014 annual meeting (other than the Compensation
Committee Report, which shall not be deemed to be “filed”).
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled Beneficial Ownership of Danaher
Common Stock by Directors, Officers and Principal Shareholders and Equity Compensation Plan Information in the Proxy
Statement for the Company’s 2014 annual meeting.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled Corporate Governance and
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions in the Proxy Statement for the Company’s 2014 annual meeting.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the section entitled Proposal 2 - Ratification of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm in the Proxy Statement for the Company’s 2014 annual meeting.
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
a) The following documents are filed as part of this report.
(1) Financial Statements. The financial statements are set forth under “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(2) Schedules. An index of Exhibits and Schedules is on page 104 of this report. Schedules other than those listed below have
been omitted from this Annual Report on Form 10-K because they are not required, are not applicable or the required
information is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto.
(3) Exhibits. The exhibits listed in the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.
103
441583.10K.pdf 103
3/17/14 9:15 AM
DANAHER CORPORATION
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SUPPLEMENTARY DATA AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
Schedule:
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit Number
Description
Page Number in
Form 10-K
112
3.1
3.2
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Danaher
Corporation
Amended and Restated By-laws of Danaher
Corporation
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to
Danaher Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-
Q for the quarter ended June 29, 2012 (Commission
File Number: 1-8089)
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to
Danaher Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2011 (Commission
File Number: 1-8089)
Senior Indenture dated as of December 11, 2007
by and between Danaher Corporation and The
Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as trustee
(“Senior Indenture”)
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to
Danaher Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-
Q for the quarter ended July 1, 2011 (Commission
File Number: 1-8089)
Supplemental Indenture to Senior Indenture, dated
as of December 11, 2007, by and between Danaher
Corporation and The Bank of New York Trust
Company, N.A. as trustee relating to the 5.625%
Senior Notes Due 2018
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to
Danaher Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-
Q for the quarter ended July 1, 2011 (Commission
File Number: 1-8089)
Form of 5.625% Senior Notes due 2018
Included in Exhibit 4.2
Supplemental Indenture to Senior Indenture, dated
as of March 5, 2009, by and between Danaher
Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon
Trust Company, N.A. as trustee relating to the
5.4% Senior Notes due 2019
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.4 to
Danaher Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-
Q for the quarter ended July 1, 2011 (Commission
File Number: 1-8089)
Form of 5.4% Senior Notes due 2019
Included in Exhibit 4.4
Supplemental Indenture to Senior Indenture, dated
as of June 23, 2011, by and between Danaher
Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon
Trust Company, N.A. as trustee relating to the
1.3% Senior Notes due 2014
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.8 to
Danaher Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-
Q for the quarter ended July 1, 2011 (Commission
File Number: 1-8089)
4.7
Form of 1.3% Senior Notes due 2014
Included in Exhibit 4.6
441583.10K.pdf 104
3/17/14 9:15 AM
104
4.8
Supplemental Indenture to Senior Indenture, dated
as of June 23, 2011, by and between Danaher
Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon
Trust Company, N.A. as trustee relating to the
2.3% Senior Notes due 2016
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.10 to
Danaher Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended July 1, 2011
(Commission File Number: 1-8089)
4.9
Form of 2.3% Senior Notes due 2016
Included in Exhibit 4.8
4.10
Supplemental Indenture to Senior Indenture, dated
as of June 23, 2011, by and between Danaher
Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon
Trust Company, N.A. as trustee relating to the
3.9% Senior Notes due 2021
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.12 to
Danaher Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended July 1, 2011
(Commission File Number: 1-8089)
4.11
Form of 3.9% Senior Notes due 2021
Included in Exhibit 4.10
10.1
Danaher Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan,
as amended*
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to
Danaher Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on May 8, 2013 (Commission File Number:
1-8089)
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
Danaher Corporation Non-Employee Directors’
Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended, a sub-
plan under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan*
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to
Danaher Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2008 (Commission
File Number: 1-8089)
Amended Form of Election to Defer under the
Danaher Corporation Non-Employee Directors’
Deferred Compensation Plan*
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to
Danaher Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2008 (Commission
File Number: 1-8089)
Form of Danaher Corporation 2007 Stock
Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement for Non-
Employee Directors*
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to
Danaher Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended June 28, 2013
(Commission File Number: 1-8089)
Form of Danaher Corporation 2007 Stock
Incentive Plan RSU Agreement for Non-Employee
Directors*
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 to
Danaher Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended June 28, 2013
(Commission File Number: 1-8089)
10.6
Form of Danaher Corporation 2007 Stock
Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement*
10.7
Form of Danaher Corporation 2007 Stock
Incentive Plan RSU Agreement*
10.8
Amended and Restated Danaher Corporation 1998
Stock Option Plan*
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to
Danaher Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended June 28, 2013
(Commission File Number: 1-8089)
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to
Danaher Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended June 28, 2013
(Commission File Number: 1-8089)
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 to
Danaher Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended July 3, 2009
(Commission File Number: 1-8089)
441583.10K.pdf 105
3/17/14 9:15 AM
105
10.9
10.10
10.11
Form of Grant Acceptance Agreement under
Amended and Restated Danaher Corporation 1998
Stock Option Plan*
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to
Danaher Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004 (Commission
File Number: 1-8089)
Danaher Corporation & Subsidiaries Amended
and Restated Executive Deferred Incentive
Program*
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.13 to
Danaher Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2008 (Commission
File Number: 1-8089)
Amendment to Danaher Corporation and
Subsidiaries Executive Deferred Incentive
Program*
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.30 to
Danaher Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Commission
File Number: 1-8089)
10.12
Danaher Corporation 2007 Executive Cash
Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended*
10.13
Danaher Corporation Senior Leader Severance
Pay Plan*
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to
Danaher Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on May 9, 2012 (Commission File Number:
1-8089)
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to
Danaher Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended March 29, 2013
(Commission File Number: 1-8089)
10.14
Employment Agreement by and between Danaher
Corporation and H. Lawrence Culp, Jr., dated as of
July 18, 2000 and as subsequently amended*
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to
Danaher Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-
Q for the quarter ended September 28, 2012
(Commission File Number: 1-8089)
10.15
Form of Proprietary Interest Agreement for
Named Executive Officers (with severance) (1)*
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.33 to
Danaher Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2008 (Commission
File Number: 1-8089)
10.16
10.17
10.18
10.19
Description of compensation arrangements for
non-management directors*
Credit Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2011,
among Danaher Corporation, Bank of America,
N.A., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line
Lender, Citibank, N.A. as Syndication Agent, The
Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd. and JP
Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Documentation
Agents, Banc of America Securities LLC, The
Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., Citigroup
Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities, LLC
and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC as Joint Lead
Arrangers and Joint Book Managers and the
lenders referred to therein
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to
Danaher Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on July 19, 2011 (Commission File Number:
1-8089)
Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement between
Danaher Corporation, as Issuer, and Goldman,
Sachs & Co., as Dealer, dated May 5, 2006
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.22 to
Danaher Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2009 (Commission
File Number: 1-8089)
Commercial Paper Issuing and Paying Agent
Agreement by and between Danaher Corporation
and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,
dated May 5, 2006
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.23 to
Danaher Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2009 (Commission
File Number: 1-8089)
106
441583.10K.pdf 106
3/17/14 9:15 AM
10.20
10.21
10.22
10.23
10.24
10.25
10.26
Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement between
Danaher Corporation, as Issuer, and Citigroup
Global Markets Inc., as Dealer, dated November 6,
2006
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.24 to
Danaher Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2009 (Commission
File Number: 1-8089)
Dealer Agreement among Danaher Luxembourg
Finance S.A., as Issuer, Danaher Corporation, as
Guarantor and Barclays Bank PLC as Dealer and
Arranger, dated December 6, 2011
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.23 to
Danaher Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2011 (Commission
File Number: 1-8089)
Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement among
Danaher Luxembourg Finance S.A., as Issuer,
Danaher Corporation, as Guarantor and Deutsche
Bank AG, London Branch, as Issuing and Paying
Agent, dated December 6, 2011
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.24 to
Danaher Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2011 (Commission
File Number: 1-8089)
Management Agreement dated February 23, 2012
by and between FJ900, Inc. and Joust Capital III,
LLC (2)
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.25 to
Danaher Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2011 (Commission
File Number: 1-8089)
Interchange Agreement dated July 22, 2011 by and
between Danaher Corporation and Joust Capital
III, LLC (3)
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10 to
Danaher Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended July 1, 2011
(Commission File Number: 1-8089)
Limited Liability Company Interest Purchase
Agreement by and among Danaher Corporation,
Steven M. Rales and Joust Group, L.L.C., dated
February 23, 2012
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.28 to
Danaher Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2011 (Commission
File Number: 1-8089)
Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement by and between
Danaher Corporation and H. Lawrence Culp, Jr.,
dated December 18, 2012 (4)
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.28 to
Danaher Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2012 (Commission
File Number: 1-8089)
10.27
Form of Director and Officer Indemnification
Agreement
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.35 to
Danaher Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2008 (Commission
File Number: 1-8089)
11.1
Computation of per-share earnings (5)
12.1
Calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21.1
Subsidiaries of Registrant
23.1
31.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant
to Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002
107
441583.10K.pdf 107
3/17/14 9:15 AM
31.2
32.1
32.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant
to Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002
Certification of Chief Executive Officer, Pursuant
to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Certification of Chief Financial Officer, Pursuant
to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document (6)
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
(6)
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
Document (6)
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
Document (6)
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
Document (6)
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation
Linkbase Document (6)
441583.10K.pdf 108
3/17/14 9:15 AM
108
Danaher is a party to additional long-term debt instruments under which, in each case, the total amount of debt authorized does
not exceed 10% of the total assets of Danaher and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Pursuant to paragraph 4(iii)(A) of
Item 601(b) of Regulation S-K, Danaher agrees to furnish a copy of such instruments to the Securities and Exchange
Commission upon request.
*
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
In accordance with Instruction 2 to Item 601(a)(4) of Regulation S-K, Danaher has entered into agreements with
each of Daniel L. Comas, William K. Daniel II, Thomas P. Joyce, Jr. and James A. Lico that are substantially
identical in all material respects to the form of agreement referenced as Exhibit 10.15, except as to the name of
the counterparty.
In accordance with Instruction 2 to Item 601(a)(4) of Regulation S-K, FJ900, Inc. (a subsidiary of Danaher) has
entered into a management agreement with Joust Capital II, LLC that is substantially identical in all material
respects to the form of agreement referenced as Exhibit 10.23, except as to the referenced aircraft and the name
of the counterparty.
In accordance with Instruction 2 to Item 601(a)(4) of Regulation S-K, Danaher Corporation or a subsidiary
thereof has entered into additional interchange agreements with each of Joust Capital II, LLC and Joust Capital
III, LLC that are substantially identical in all material respects to the form of agreement attached as Exhibit
10.24, except as to the referenced aircraft and, in certain cases, the name of the counterparty.
In accordance with Instruction 2 to Item 601(a)(4) of Regulation S-K, Danaher Corporation has entered into an
aircraft time sharing agreement with Daniel L. Comas that is substantially identical in all material respects to the
form of agreement referenced as Exhibit 10.26, except as to the name of the counterparty.
See Note 19, “Net Earnings Per Share From Continuing Operations”, to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Attached as Exhibit 101 to this report are the following documents formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business
Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, (ii) Consolidated
Statements of Earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, (iii) Consolidated
Statements of Comprehensive Income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, (iv)
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and
2011, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and
2011 and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
441583.10K.pdf 109
3/17/14 9:15 AM
109
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
Date: February 20, 2014
DANAHER CORPORATION
By:
/s/ H. LAWRENCE CULP, JR.
H. Lawrence Culp, Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this annual report has been signed below by the following
persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated:
Name, Title and Signature
Date
/s/ STEVEN M. RALES
Steven M. Rales
Chairman of the Board
/s/ MITCHELL P. RALES
Mitchell P. Rales
Chairman of the Executive Committee
/s/ H. LAWRENCE CULP, JR.
H. Lawrence Culp, Jr.
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
/s/ DONALD J. EHRLICH
Donald J. Ehrlich
Director
/s/ LINDA HEFNER FILLER
Linda Hefner Filler
Director
/s/ TERI LIST-STOLL
Teri List-Stoll
Director
/s/ WALTER G. LOHR, JR.
Walter G. Lohr, Jr.
Director
/s/ JOHN T. SCHWIETERS
John T. Schwieters
Director
February 20, 2014
February 20, 2014
February 20, 2014
February 20, 2014
February 20, 2014
February 20, 2014
February 20, 2014
February 20, 2014
441583.10K.pdf 110
3/17/14 9:15 AM
110
/s/ ALAN G. SPOON
Alan G. Spoon
Director
/s/ ELIAS A. ZERHOUNI, M.D.
Elias A. Zerhouni, M.D.
Director
/s/ DANIEL L. COMAS
Daniel L. Comas
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
/s/ ROBERT S. LUTZ
Robert S. Lutz
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
February 20, 2014
February 20, 2014
February 20, 2014
February 20, 2014
441583.10K.pdf 111
3/17/14 9:15 AM
111
DANAHER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
($ in millions)
Classification
Year Ended December 31, 2013:
Allowances deducted from asset account
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Year Ended December 31, 2012:
Allowances deducted from asset account
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Year Ended December 31, 2011:
Allowances deducted from asset account
Balance at
Beginning
of
Period (a)
Charged to
Costs &
Expenses
Impact of
Currency
Charged to
Other Accounts
Write Offs,
Write Downs
&
Deductions
Balance at End
of Period (a)
$
151.1
$
29.8
$
(1.6) $
4.2 (b) $
(32.1) $
151.4
$
145.2
$
39.7
$
(0.7) $
4.6 (b) $
(37.7) $
151.1
Allowance for doubtful accounts
$
134.2
$
39.7
$
(4.0) $
5.4 (b) $
(30.1) $
145.2
Notes:
(a) Amounts include allowance for doubtful accounts classified as current and non-current.
(b) Amounts related to businesses acquired, net of amounts related to businesses disposed.
441583.10K.pdf 112
3/17/14 9:15 AM
112
I, H. Lawrence Culp, Jr., certify that:
CERTIFICATION
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Danaher Corporation;
Exhibit 31.1
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 20, 2014
/s/ H. Lawrence Culp, Jr.
By:
Name: H. Lawrence Culp, Jr.
Title:
President and Chief Executive Officer
441583.10K.pdf 113
3/17/14 9:15 AM
I, Daniel L. Comas, certify that:
CERTIFICATION
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Danaher Corporation;
Exhibit 31.2
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 20, 2014
/s/ Daniel L. Comas
By:
Name: Daniel L. Comas
Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
441583.10K.pdf 114
3/17/14 9:15 AM
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 32.1
I, H. Lawrence Culp, Jr., certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, that to my knowledge, Danaher Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2013 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition
and results of operations of Danaher Corporation.
Date: February 20, 2014
/s/ H. Lawrence Culp, Jr.
By:
Name: H. Lawrence Culp, Jr.
Title:
President and Chief Executive Officer
This certification accompanies the Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
and shall not be deemed filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that
section. This certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the
Exchange Act, except to the extent that Danaher Corporation specifically incorporates it by reference.
441583.10K.pdf 115
3/17/14 9:15 AM
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 32.2
I, Daniel L. Comas, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002, that to my knowledge, Danaher Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2013 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that
information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and
results of operations of Danaher Corporation.
Date: February 20, 2014
/s/ Daniel L. Comas
By:
Name: Daniel L. Comas
Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
This certification accompanies the Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
and shall not be deemed filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that
section. This certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the
Exchange Act, except to the extent that Danaher Corporation specifically incorporates it by reference.
441583.10K.pdf 116
3/17/14 9:15 AM
Supplemental Reconciliation of
non-Gaap financial infoRmation
to coRReSpondinG financial
infoRmation pReSented in
accoRdance with Gaap
Core revenue growth
Components of Revenue Growth
Core (Non-GAAP)
Acquisitions (Non-GAAP)
Impact of currency translation (Non-GAAP)
Total Revenue Growth (GAAP)
Core operating Margin Changes
Full Year 12/31/2012 Operating Margin from Continuing Operations (GAAP)
2013 impact from businesses that have been owned for less than one year
2012 contribution from interest in Apex Tool Group LLC
(interest was divested in February 2013)
2012 gain on resolution of contingencies associated with previously disposed assets
4Q 2013 impact from the impairment of intangible assets associated with a technology
investment in the Communications platform
Year-over-year Core Operating Margin changes for 2013 (Non-GAAP) defined
as all year-over-year Operating Margin changes other than those identified above
Full Year 12/31/2013 Operating Margin from Continuing Operations (GAAP)
Year ended 12/31/13 vs.
Year ended 12/31/12
2.5 %
2.5 %
(0.5) %
4.5 %
17.30 %
(0.40)
(0.40)
(0.05)
(0.15)
0.80
17.10 %
Free Cash Flow FroM Continuing operations
($ in Millions)
Operating Cash Flows from Continuing Operations
Payments for Property, Plant and Equipment
(Capital Expenditures) from Continuing Operations
Free Cash Flow from Continuing Operations
Year ended
12/31/13
$ 3,585.3
(551.5)
$ 3,033.8
12/31/12
$ 3,502.1
(458.3)
$ 3,043.8
117
441583.TEXT.cs6.indd 117
3/19/14 1:28 PM
Comparison of 5-Year ToTal
shareholder reTurn
Among DAnAher CorporAtion, S&p 500 inDex AnD S&p 500 inDuStriAlS inDex
The following graph compares the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total shareholder
return in Danaher common stock during the last five years ending December 31, 2013 with the
cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index (the equity index) and the S&P 500 Industrials Index
(the peer index). The comparison assumes $1.00 was invested on December 31, 2008 in Danaher
common stock and in both of the above indices with reinvestment of dividends. The graph is not
deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to the SEC’s proxy rules
or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that
Danaher specifically requests that such information be treated as soliciting material or specifically
incorporates it by reference into a filing under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act.
Danaher Corporation
S&P 500 ( Equity Index)
S&P Industrials Index ( Peer Index)
12/31/08
12/31/09
12/31/10
12/31/11
12/31/12
12/31/13
danaher
Corporation
s&p 500
(equity index)
s&p industrial index
(peer index)
1.00
1.33
1.67
1.67
1.99
2.75
1.00
1.26
1.46
1.46
1.72
2.28
1.00
1.21
1.53
1.53
1.77
2.47
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
12/31/08
12/31/09
12/31/10
12/31/11
12/31/12
12/31/13
118
441583.TEXT.cs6.indd 118
3/19/14 1:28 PM
DirecTors
H. Lawrence cuLp, Jr.
President and
Chief Executive Officer
Danaher Corporation
DonaLD J. eHrLicH
Former President and
Chief Executive Officer
Schwab Corporation
LinDa Hefner fiLLer
President, North America
Claire’s Stores, Inc.
Teri LisT-sToLL
Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer
Kraft Foods Group, Inc.
waLTer G. LoHr, Jr.
Retired Partner
Hogan Lovells
MiTcHeLL p. raLes
Chairman of the
Executive Committee
Danaher Corporation
sTeven M. raLes
Chairman of the Board
Danaher Corporation
JoHn T. scHwieTers
Senior Executive
Perseus, LLC
aLan G. spoon
General Partner, Polaris Partners
Principal, Perseus Realty, LLC
eLias a. ZerHouni, M.D.
President, Global Research
and Development
Sanofi-Aventis
execuTive officers
sTeven M. raLes
Chairman of the Board
MiTcHeLL p. raLes
Chairman of the Executive Committee
H. Lawrence cuLp, Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer
DanieL L. coMas
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
wiLLiaM K. DanieL ii
Executive Vice President
THoMas p. Joyce, Jr.
Executive Vice President
JaMes a. Lico
Executive Vice President
JaMes H. DiTKoff
Senior Vice President –
Finance and Tax
JonaTHan p. GraHaM
Senior Vice President –
General Counsel
anGeLa s. LaLor
Senior Vice President –
Human Resources
roberT s. LuTZ
Senior Vice President –
Chief Accounting Officer
DanieL a. rasKas
Senior Vice President –
Corporate Development
441583.TEXT.cs6.indd 119
3/19/14 1:28 PM
119
OUR TRANSFER
AGENT
can help you with a variety of shareholder
related services including:
Change of address
Lost stock certificates
Transfer of stock to another person
Additional administrative services
CONTACTING OUR
TRANSFER AGENT
Computershare
P.O. Box 30170
College Station, TX 77842-3170
Toll Free: 800.568.3476
Outside the U.S.: 312.588.4991
INVESTOR
RELATIONS
This annual report, along with a variety of
other financial materials, can be viewed at
www.danaher.com.
ADDITIONAL
INQUIRIES
may be directed to Investor Relations
at Danaher:
2200 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW
Suite 800W, Washington, DC 20037
Phone: 202.828.0850
Fax: 202.828.0860
Email: investor.relations@danaher.com
ANNUAL MEETING
Danaher’s annual shareholder meeting
will be held on May 6, 2014 in Washington,
DC. Shareholders who would like to attend
the meeting should register with Investor
Relations by calling 202.828.0850 or via
email at investor.relations@danaher.com.
AUDITORS
Ernst & Young LLP, McLean, Virginia
STOCK LISTING
Symbol: DHR
New York Stock Exchange
120
t
R
o
p
e
R
l
A
u
n
n
A
3
1
0
2
r
e
h
a
n
a
D
AnnuAl RepoRt
441583 Cov cs6.indd 20
3/19/14 11:15 AM
t
R
o
p
e
R
l
A
u
n
n
A
3
1
0
2
r
e
h
a
n
a
D
AnnuAl RepoRt
441583 Cov cs6.indd 20
3/19/14 11:15 AM